Ascendance

Your browser lacks required capabilities. Please upgrade it or switch to another to continue.

Loading…

<img src="Prologue.png" class="centerC"/><<notify 4s>>Character profile unlocked!<</notify>> It’s another ordinary evening at college. [[You are usually a night owl|Passagem 1]] [[You are usually an early bird|Passagem 2]] <<set $CharProfile to 1>>

Being more of a night owl than an early bird, you’re quite glad you decided to take a night course. It suits you. You’re walking past the hallways wondering what would happen if you simply decided to skip the next class to eat something... Or maybe just walk around the campus and listen to some music... You can think of quite a few options and every single one of them sound more appealing than attending an one hour long class named “Organizational Behavior”. However, thinking it’s probably better to keep your attendance in check so that you have a leeway to skip classes when you’re feeling under the weather or just can’t take any more lectures for a given night, you decide to head to class. [[Continue|Passagem 3]]

Even though you're usually more productive in the morning, you've come to learn that taking night classes isn't that bad. You’re walking past the hallways wondering what would happen if you simply decided to skip the next class to eat something... Or maybe just walk around the campus and listen to some music... You can think of quite a few options and every single one of them sound more appealing than attending an one hour long class named “Organizational Behavior”. However, thinking it’s probably better to keep your attendance in check so that you have a leeway to skip classes when you’re feeling under the weather or just can’t take any more lectures for a given night, you decide to head to class. [[Continue|Passagem 3]]

Mind made up, you start making your way to the neatly organized Classroom 101. For the most part, it is as boring as any other: blue chairs, white individual desks set in vertical lines, the teacher’s slightly bigger desk at the front, and a whiteboard that goes almost all the way across the wall directly in front of the class. Most classrooms have projectors fixed on the ceiling for slideshow presentations. Classroom 101, however, is known to be a “humanized” classroom, for professors that want to be alternative with their ways of teaching. That way, it not only lacks a projector “to encourage eye-to-eye communication” - as they said, but it also has huge windows in place of two of its walls, both made almost entirely of glass. [[Continue|Passagem 4]]

The wide windows allow an all-time view of the pretty garden that surrounds the building, which is illuminated by round lamps that resemble vintage street lamps. It is really pretty and, due to you only ever seeing it at night, also quiet and peaceful. As you walk, you ponder about how even though the particular design of the classroom is supposed to stimulate human interactions above all, that’s not usually what happens. Most professors are too bound to the traditional ways of teaching to even try to not only look at, but actually see the students while teaching them something. [[That bothers you|Passagem 5][$ReactToFacts to 0]] [[That used to bother you|Passagem 6][$ReactToFacts to 1]]

<img src="DiploArt.png" class="center"/> <<if $audio>><<audio "main_musica" volume 0.6 loop play>><</if>> Are you ready? Ascendance is rated 16+ for mild swearing and descriptions of sensitive topics, such as mild trauma and future non-explicit physical intimacy. Viewer discretion is advised. Important: this project has background music and sound effects. Mind the volume before getting started! [[Read the list of trigger warnings(may contain spoilers)]] [[Get started|Character Creation]]

Who are you? First name <<textbox "$FirstName" $FirstName>> Last name <<textbox "$LastName" $LastName>> [[Click to select a skin color. You chose:|Skin color]] $SkinColor [[Click to select an eye color. You chose:|Eye color]] $EyeColor [[Click to select a stature. You chose:|Height]] $Height [[Click to select your pronouns. You chose:|Pronouns]] $Pronoun [[Click to select a hair color. You chose:|HairColor]] $HairColor [[Click to select a hair length. You chose:|HairLength]] $HairLength [[Click to select a hair type. You chose:|HairType]] $HairType [[Continue|Prologue]] <><<if $Pronoun is "she">><<set $AuxPronoun to "she">><<set $PossProStart to "her">><<set $PossProEnd to "hers">><<set $ObjPro to "her">><<set $ReflPro to "herself">><<set $VerbPro to "is">><<set $TreatPronoun to "Miss">><<set $plural to false>><<elseif $Pronoun is "he">><<set $AuxPronoun to "he">><<set $PossProStart to "his">><<set $PossProEnd to "his">><<set $ObjPro to "him">><<set $ReflPro to "himself">><<set $VerbPro to "is">><<set $TreatPronoun to "Mr.">><<set $plural to false>><<else>><<set $AuxPronoun to "they">><<set $PossProStart to "their">><<set $PossProEnd to "theirs">><<set $ObjPro to "them">><<set $ReflPro to "themself">><<set $VerbPro to "are">><<set $TreatPronoun to "Mx.">><<set $plural to true>><</if>><><<run UIBar.stow()>>

Please select a skin color: [[Light skin (general)|Character Creation][$SkinColor to "light"]] [[Porcelain|Character Creation][$SkinColor to "porcelain"]] [[Ivory|Character Creation][$SkinColor to "ivory"]] [[Warm ivory|Character Creation][$SkinColor to "warm ivory"]] [[Sand|Character Creation][$SkinColor to "sand-colored"]] [[Brown skin (general)|Character Creation][$SkinColor to "brown"]] [[Beige|Character Creation][$SkinColor to "beige"]] [[Warm Beige|Character Creation][$SkinColor to "warm beige"]] [[Honey|Character Creation][$SkinColor to "honey"]] [[Dark skin (general)|Character Creation][$SkinColor to "dark"]] [[Golden|Character Creation][$SkinColor to "golden"]] [[Almond|Character Creation][$SkinColor to "almond"]]

Please select a color for your eyes: [[Brown|Character Creation][$EyeColor to "brown"]] [[Black|Character Creation][$EyeColor to "black"]] [[Green|Character Creation][$EyeColor to "green"]] [[Blue|Character Creation][$EyeColor to "blue"]] [[Hazel|Character Creation][$EyeColor to "hazel"]] [[Amber|Character Creation][$EyeColor to "amber"]]

Please select your pronouns: [[he/him|Character Creation][$Pronoun to "he"]] [[she/her|Character Creation][$Pronoun to "she"]] [[they/them|Character Creation][$Pronoun to "they"]]

That incongruence bothers you quite a bit, but you have learned to live with that. The quiet, soothing sight of the exterior actually helps you to deal with that and might even have weighed slightly on your decision of attending today. As soon as you approach the classroom, being a little early, you’re greeted by a familiar, friendly sight: seated on the back of the class is a bubbly, red-haired girl talking excitedly about something you can’t quite hear yet. Next to her is a tall, serious-looking man paying what seems to be full attention to what she says, only nodding in agreement now and then and putting little to no input from himself in the conversation. [[You are usually early to class|Passagem 8][$Punctual to 1]] [[You are usually late to class|Passagem 9][$Punctual to 0]]

That incongruence used to bother you a lot in the past, but you have learned not to mind it that much anymore. Just the quiet, soothing sight of the exterior is pleasant enough for you and might even have weighed slightly on your decision of attending today. As soon as you approach the classroom, being a little early, you’re greeted by a familiar, friendly sight: seated on the back of the class is a bubbly, red-haired girl talking excitedly about something you can’t quite hear yet. Next to her is a tall, serious-looking man paying what seems to be full attention to what she says, only nodding in agreement now and then and putting little to no input from himself in the conversation. [[You are usually early to class|Passagem 8][$Punctual to 1]] [[You are usually late to class|Passagem 9][$Punctual to 0]]

Both of their faces light up when they see you approaching, even though the former’s considerably more than the latter’s. - $FirstName! You are early! - Emma says. - <<print ucfirst($Pronoun)>> <<are>> indeed... Are we surprised? - Thomas complements, in a subtle mocking tone. One could think he is being judgmental but you, of course, already know better. - Hey! - You reply with a caring, honest smile. You can’t exactly blame them for teasing you. You are usually early and think that says a lot about a person. - Are you guys excited for class? - You ask, smirk as wide as the window across from you, sitting right in the middle of the two of them and ready to tease back. [[Continue|Passagem 10]]

Both of their faces light up when they see you approaching, even though the former’s considerably more than the latter’s. - You are early! - Emma says, in a teasing tone. - <<print ucfirst($Pronoun)>> <<are>> indeed... Is everything ok with you, $FirstName? - Thomas complements, in a much more subtle mocking tone. One could think he was serious but you, of course, already know better. - Hey! - You reply with a caring, honest smile. You can’t exactly blame them for teasing you. You are usually late. - Are you guys excited for class? - You ask, smirk as wide as the window across from you, sitting right in the middle of the two of them and ready to tease back. [[Continue|Passagem 10]]

Emma adjusts her round glasses with a golden frame over her sharp-looking light brown eyes, freckle covered cheeks puffing with air, and says: - As excited as it’s possible to be… That is, not at all - A deeply bored look on her face. You laugh. Thomas, however, simply looks at you with deep green, almond-shaped eyes and raises an eyebrow, as if to say “You’re not nearly as good at teasing as you think you are”. Then, immediately, he smirks at you, seeming pretty sure that you’ve got the message. You can’t help but wonder if Thomas has overdeveloped his body language to communicate throughout the years, since he uses very few words in his daily life and, yet, you and almost everyone else seem to understand him perfectly. [[Continue|Passagem 11]]

As other students arrive slowly and Emma starts talking about how much she hates it when the cereal is no longer crunchy and how it happened just this morning, you allow your thoughts to wander a bit more. Specifically, you observe how Emma’s verbacious nature complements Thomas’s quiet and assertive manner, and how you sit exactly in-between them, literally and otherwise. They are the only close friends you’ve managed to make in two years of college and, seeing how complementary the three of you are, you simply can’t imagine better ones. [[Continue|Passagem 12]]

Your thoughts are interrupted by Mrs. Jules, the teacher. Naturally, as soon as she enters the classroom, everyone falls quiet and take their place. You brace yourself for a long journey of concepts being thrown at you non-stop. Thomas and Emma look like they’re also buckling up for the most tedious adventure possible. The class starts normally, and everything goes as usual for a while. Leadership theories...Studies in motivation...Teamwork productivity chart... However, around the mark of 40 minutes of class, you hear something completely out of place. [[Continue|Passagem 13]]

A siren-like sound rings through the whole campus. It is not the fire alarm, you’ve been through the school’s emergency simulations enough times to know that. It isn’t the city’s emergency siren either, since they also run simulations and, although they do use different alarms for different emergencies, none of them sound quite like that. To be quite fair, this sound isn’t like any other you’ve ever heard in your lifetime. Your whole body, bones, flesh, and blood seem to be echoing it as if it comes from the inside of you and the outside at the same time. [[Continue|Passagem 14]] <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "Prohibire" volume 0.6 loop play>><</if>>

You look around the classroom and everyone seems as terrified as you are, students instinctively starting to stand up and gather to look outside of the windows. Even Mrs. Jules, the most stoic of the teachers you have, is crumpled with the students now, trying to see anything that could logically justify the sound that makes your whole body shiver now. You try to keep Emma and Thomas close, in case any kind of emergency does break out. [[Continue|Passagem 15]]

It seems like none of you can identify the origin of the noise but, just as Mrs. Jules starts to make her way out of the classroom to seek for answers and maybe help, she’s stopped by yet another curious event. All of the garden’s lights begin to flicker and, as that happens, so do the lights of the classroom. Oddly enough, all of the student’s phones and electronic devices also begin behaving completely out of character: making noises, randomly restarting, or just shutting down. They flicker for around 5 minutes before everything shuts down. [[Continue|Passagem 16]]

Every phone, every light, every electronic shuts down but, gladly, the noise, whatever its source was, also stops. With the complete darkness that embraces what seems to be the whole world, all you can hear is the chatter of several students, from yours and the classrooms nearby. Some people in panic, some crying, and some just overall distressed. - Are the two of you ok? - Thomas asks, his voice is louder than you’ve ever heard before, due to the loud chattering going on. - I don't know... Emma? - You say, taking a deep breath. - Fuck no, I’m not “good”. What the fuck was that? - Emma says, trembling. Her breath is uneven and it seems like it’s really hard for her to breathe. At that... [[You can't help but freak out as well|Passagem 17]] [[You try your best to keep calm and assist her|Passagem 18]]<><<audio "Prohibire" stop>><<if $audio>><<audio "dark_ambient" loop play>><</if>><>

Although not as badly as Emma, you are unable to suppress your own fear. Thomas, then, brings Emma and you closer to him and tells you to pay attention to him and only him, as challenging as it may sound. Then, he asks you to subtract 7 from 100 and tell him the result, then 7 from 93 and so on. As he keeps doing it, you find it in yourself to gently, but surely, guide all three of you a few steps away from the crowd. [[Continue|Passagem 19]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

You suppress your own fear and squeeze Emma’s hand, bringing her closer to you and telling her to pay attention to you and only you, as challenging as it may sound. Then you ask her to subtract 7 from 100 and tell you the result, then 7 from 93 and so on. As you keep doing it, Thomas gently guides both of you a few steps away from the crowd. [[Continue|Passagem 19]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

After what seems to be hours but certainly is just a handful of minutes, all three of you seem to calm down, even if only slightly. Mrs. Jules finally asks for silence and, although in the dark, says loudly and clearly, with authority: - Everyone, keep calm and sit down. Stay together. I’ve decided against leading you to the common area as, judging by the noise outside, I hear some teachers have already done. I fear the risk of minor incidents with all of us walking in the dark amidst the fuss is high and we should be safe enough here. And with that, you settle, ready to wait until something makes sense. A few moments later, however, the confidence Mrs. Jules inspired quickly disappears as one student lets out a desperate scream while looking outside of the window. [[Continue|Passagem 20]]

With only the moonlight to illuminate the garden, you struggle to identify what the screaming is about. It doesn’t take long until you and, for that matter, the rest of the class see what is frightening the student. Several dark figures with silver, glowing outlines seem to be approaching the windows, crawling through the grass. Some of them are crying desperately, some scream for help and others let out a completely foreign sound. A few of them, you watch, terrified, seem to be walking in a shape that dangerously resembles human beings and, from them, you hear deep, wicked laughter. [[Continue|Passagem 21]]

Being as horrified as all of you are, Mrs. Jules hurriedly locks the door and curls in fear, crying. All of the other students seem to cry or scream as well. Emma passes out and Thomas just barely manages to catch her before she violently hits the ground. The whole situation is pure chaos but now, more than ever, you feel this inner determination that you didn't even know you had bubbling inside of you. You have to be present, fear can't take the best of you. With that, you keep trying to stay calm and think somewhat straight. Fortunately, Thomas seems to be in sync with that line of reasoning. You find a corner as far away as possible from the windows to sit with Thomas and an unconscious Emma as you wonder if this is some sort of night terror. [[Continue|Passagem 22]]

- This can’t be real - you say to yourself. But, as Thomas embraces you and Emma and holds you both close and firmly to his chest, you can’t help but admit it. It is real. You hug the two of them back with all your might, wishing everything would just stop and go back to normal. Wishing the lights would turn back on and everything would be merely an emergency-system related malfunction. Wishing the dark figures that are getting closer and closer to the building would simply be your imagination playing tricks on you, a creation from your silly mind in a panic state. And just then, when hope is almost lost and you fear for what’s to come, an unknown, loud sound rings again. This time, a smoother one. [[Continue|Passagem 23]]

Oddly enough, that sound is very familiar to you. Not logically, but instinctively. You’re sure you’ve heard it before somewhere, but the memory feels so distant you can’t recall it at all. Suddenly, as if your body were moving by itself, you stand up. Thomas watches your silhouette and tries to reach out to stop you, but you’re faster and he’s still holding Emma, unable to move further. As if the windows were calling for you, you walk in a straight line towards the glass and touch it, facing the deep, dark, approaching shadows. All of them step back in perfect timing, but not because of you. [[Continue|Passagem 24]] <<audio "dark_ambient" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "Ascendunt" loop play>><</if>>

You catch a glimpse of a source of light through the corner of your eye. The silence the whole classroom falls into is deafening. You’re the only person standing alone by the window. And you turn around to check what the light source capable of illuminating the whole classroom at once is. While still in a kind of trance state induced by the loud, organic sound that never stopped echoing throughout the whole campus, you can’t believe what you and nearly 50 other students are seeing. [[Continue|Passagem 25]]

What looks like a humanoid form made out of pure light has walked through the classroom’s door and is standing right in the middle of the class. It has walked through the locked door. It illuminates the faces of several students and their fear looks so instense it's almost palpable. However, the longer you stare at the strange-looking “light-man” and at the students around it, the more you notice a feeling of calmness taking over the whole room. It’s as if this being, seemingly made out of pure light, is cleaning the room from everyone’s doubts, fear, and horror. [[Continue|Passagem 26]]

Blame it on your hypnotic-like state or not, as bizarre as all of this is, the form doesn’t seem all that foreign to you and, just as you tilt your head to the side at that thought, it turns to you and starts walking. You think about taking a step back, but your back is against the window already. The shapes outside take several steps back the closer the light-made figure gets to the window. And, just like that, you can hear their voice inside of your head. [[Continue|Passagem 27]]

- $FirstName, fear not. We agreed to this a long time ago. You’ll remember in time. For now, I’ll need you to trust me and let me take over for a bit. - The voice echoes in your head like yours would when you think. What scares you mostly, though, is how familiar this voice sounds. Looking into the light figure doesn’t hurt. As a matter of fact, it reassures you. [[Continue|Passagem 28]]

You don’t know what makes you trust this figure so much, but you’re the most certain you’ve ever been in your life when your lips part and you say: - I’m ready. Take over. And a silent, welcoming light embraces you. Then everything is dark. [[Continue|Chapter 1]]

<img src="Chapter one.png" class="centerC"/><<notify 3s>>Autosaving!<</notify>> You wake up in the middle of one of the university’s common buildings. It’s a wide, indoor area with several couches and puffs of different styles. Some individual and collective desks are also usually set in this area for studying purposes. Now, however, most of the chairs are apart from the desks to allow the large number of people inside to sit while staying close to each other. You notice that the lights are back and everything seems somewhat normal. That’s until you start getting up from the couch you’ve been lying on. By your side, Thomas sits with a very serious look on his face. [[Continue|Passagem 29]] <<audio "Ascendunt" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "main_musica" volume 0.6 fadein loop>><</if>>

However, before you can voice your several questions to him, you notice the rest of the students remain a few seats away from you. When you finally sit up, almost all of them take some more distance from your spot. Two older students, however, approach you, looking as composed as they come. You recognize them, you’ve interacted with them briefly in the past, in-between classes. With sweet smiles, they tell you to drink a silver, fluid liquid from a glass. They assure you it’s safe and will help. [[Continue|Passagem 30]]

Thomas is the one who takes the glass from their hands. In normal circumstances, he would ask what the liquid is and openly question the seniors’s motives for giving it to you. As quiet as he is, he can be very fierce and that’s exactly how he looks right now. But, much to your surprise, Thomas doesn’t say anything to the students. He looks at you and, without a word, hands you the shiny glass. Now fully coming to your senses, you notice there’s something completely different from what you remember these senior students looking like from before. [[Continue|Passagem 31]]

The atmosphere around them is welcoming and soothing, but also imposing. Their eyes are several shades lighter than you assumed any human eyes were capable of being. Thomas notices you staring but doesn’t seem surprised himself. He probably noticed it earlier than you did, since he was awake all along. You put the glass beside you and ask the seniors for a moment. They look at you with understanding and nod, then start making their way to assist another student. [[Continue|Passagem 32]]

Memories of the more-than-frightening evening begin to surface in your mind. The noises, the lights going off, the shadows, the light-man, the dark. You look at Thomas. - What the hell happened? - You ask - I was hoping you would tell me - Thomas says, a wary tone in his voice. - How am I supposed to know? The last thing I remember is a figure made of light touching me. You would tell him about its voice echoing in your head, but you were still wondering if that was some kind of weird dream. [[Continue|Passagem 33]]

- And Emma! Where is Emma? - You ask, suddenly remembering she passed out during the whole mess. - She was taken to the hospital as soon as the lights returned. I went with her and stayed for an hour. Now she’s well and with her sister. All of the students that needed medical aid were taken care of, it seems. - Thomas’s face smoothens a bit, seeing your actual, characteristic worry. - Oh! Thank God. Was it the whole campus, then? How long has it been? What exactly happened? - You ask all at once, unable to contain your anxiety. Thomas closes his eyes and sighs, exhaustion seeming to creep on every feature of his face. He puts his long dark hair up and looks at you. - So you really don’t remember… - He concludes, looking calmer. [[Continue|Passagem 34]]

He stops looking at you like you could bite at any second, and prepares himself to tell you what seems to be something very delicate. - After that figure touched you, it disappeared and you… changed. You started emanating light and hovering like gravity was no longer acting over you. Several warm-looking light lines covered your skin like tattoos. I swear to you it happened, everyone saw it - Thomas says, probably reading the disbelief in your face - The scariest thing, though, was that your eyes became holes with just light coming out of it. [[Continue|Passagem 35]]

You stare at Thomas. Every word he says sounds surreal, but he is very serious about each and every single one of them. You don’t even think about interrupting, or maybe you’re just too shocked to do so. Thomas continues: - You projected what seemed to be a force field around all of the students and told us that you would take us all to the common area, and that you needed our cooperation to stay within the field you’d created. As we followed, we saw a few other students doing the exact same thing you were doing, but with less intensity and without weird light lines covering their skin. They were protecting small crowds with a light field. Thomas pauses for a few momens looking pensive, trying to recall the details of the situation clearly. He resumes: - While that was happening, some people would ask you what was going on but you simply wouldn't answer. At one point, even still carrying Emma, I managed to approach you, but you didn’t even look at me and simply told me to stay with the others. Thomas pauses for a bit, looking still hurt that you could be so cold and blunt to him and unconscious Emma. [[Intervene|Passagem 36]] [[Remain silent|Passagem 37]]

- That wasn’t me! - You say, eager to clarify that you don’t recall any of that. - So it seems now… - He looks at you kindly, but still worried - At that point - He continues - Pure-light figures seemed to be dealing with the creepy moving shadows, making them disappear into the sky. When we reached this hall, it had a thick light field of its own and you let your protection down. Some other glowing people also left a few other groups of people here. Among them were those two seniors, who offered you this weird drink. All of you glowing freaks instructed us to sit down and wait for further information. At that, you take the glass in your hands and stare at the silver liquid, wondering what it could be. Thomas looks at you, but simply resumes talking: [[Continue|Passagem 38]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

- Then - He looks at you kindly, but puzzled - Pure-light figures seemed to be dealing with the creepy moving shadows, making them disappear into the sky. When we reached this hall, it had a thick light field of its own and you let your protection down. Some other glowing people also left a few other groups of people here. Among them were those two seniors, who offered you this weird drink. All of you glowing freaks instructed us to sit down and wait for further information. At that, you take the glass in your hands and stare at the silver liquid, wondering what it could be. Thomas looks at you, but simply resumes talking: [[Continue|Passagem 38]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

- After a while, the lights came back and the light fields disappeared. You sat on this couch and suddenly passed out. After a while of generalized confusion, a tall man came in hovering, himself. No one could believe their eyes and no one dared to touch nor talk to him. He, then, announced in a very clear voice, apparently audible for everyone, that anyone that required medical assistance should proceed to the cafeteria, because they’d be led to the hospital from there. Thomas looks at you, slightly ashamed. - I had to leave you here, since Emma’s state looked more serious than yours. The hovering man kept himself close to you the whole time and, strangely, it felt like he was watching you. I did try to get help to get you to the cafeteria along with us, but one of the formerly glowing students stopped me. They said that you had to stay, even if unconscious. Given the fact that you both were flying a few minutes ago, I couldn’t exactly pretend I knew better than them. I knew you were safe, but I still feel like I shouldn't have left you all alone. [[You understand his course of action|Passagem 39]] [[You understand it, but feel hurt / less important|Passagem 40]]

You force a forgiving smile in your tired face for Thomas. Although you’re afraid and lost, you completely understand his decision. Thomas looks slightly reassured when he continues: - The man proceeded to say that anyone could go home if they wished to, that answers would be given sooner than later. However, the individuals that didn’t need medical care and were feeling well enough to stay should, as we would get some answers about the whole situation later at night, when everyone is properly settled. After making sure Emma was ok I came back, to be with you and to get answers to this whole mess. - So no one understands this yet? - You ask, surprised. - No. It looks like you woke up just in time. - Thomas laughs a little, trying to lighten the mood, even if only slightly. You smile back and pat his arm in a friendly gesture. Then, you fall silent trying to process all the information you've got and prepare for what’s to come. [[Continue|Passagem 41]]<<set $Warm +=1>>

You can't exactly hide the disappointment in your face. However, it does make sense and you understand his decision. Thomas looks slightly sadder, but not exactly regretful, when he continues: - The man proceeded to say that anyone could go home if they wished to, that answers would be given sooner than later. However, the individuals that didn’t need medical care and were feeling well enough to stay should, as we would get some answers about the whole situation later at night, when everyone is properly settled. After making sure Emma was ok I came back, to be with you and to get answers to this whole mess. - So no one understands this yet? - You ask, surprised. - No. It looks like you woke up just in time. - Thomas laughs a little, trying to lighten the mood, even if only slightly. You smile, though it doesn't look as genuine as you would have liked. You're focused on trying to process all of the information you learned and prepare for what’s to come. [[Continue|Passagem 41]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

You look around at the other students and school employees. Some have blankets around them, some are eating quick snacks and others drinking either water or the weird silver liquid you’ve been given. They look as settled as it’s possible to be in a situation like this. - We’ll soon get answers, then? - You ask Thomas, coming to terms with the situation. - That’s what they said - Thomas says, leaning against your arm like you’re the only familiar thing that’s left in this mess. The silver liquid is still sitting beside you. [[Drink it|Passagem 42]] [[Don't drink it|Passagem Extra]]

You look at the glass with the weird liquid and, much to Thomas’s surprise, you grab it and proceed to drink its whole content at once. Thomas looks at you, shocked. With a sudden rush of energy running through your body, you look at him, determined. - If they’ve been helping everyone out so far, they wouldn’t kill me now, for nothing, right? - You say. Thomas gives you a disapproving look, but then his face softens. - It could be the literal end of the world, $FirstName. And there you are, being stupid. When will you stop being like that? - He pretends to be annoyed but, deep down, you can see that he’s relieved to have that very you back. You look at the digital clock on the wall across from you. 1:35 AM. You realize that your phone is nowhere to be found and that you need to text your parents to check in on them. [[Continue|Passagem 43]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

- Tom, do you have your phone on you? - You ask, hopeful. - I do, it’s been in my pocket the whole time. Actually.. I’ve already texted your mother about your situation - He says. You sigh, relieved, but just as you’re opening your mouth to ask if everyone else has been affected as well, an unusual view stops you from speaking. From the door opposite to where you’re sitting, the hovering tall man enters the hall with two companions that look like less vibrant versions of the "light figure" that you encountered earlier. These have different shades of color: one tends to a violet tone while the other assumes a turquoise one. [[Continue|Passagem 44]]

All three of them have warm light emanating from their bodies, forming a solid, bright aura around them. The whole atmosphere lifts when they enter and it feels like the negative emotions everyone is experiencing diminishes considerably, including yours. The man in the middle has long, golden hair that goes all the way to his waistline. He wears a white robe with silver patterns that makes him look like royalty from centuries ago, with the exception that his feet don’t touch the floor. [[Continue|Passagem 45]]

As he scans the hall attentively, apparently assessing the current situation, you notice his eyes are a deep, icy blue that seem to be small light sources of their own. Your eyes lock briefly and it's just then that you notice that you and, to be fair, everyone else is staring at him, in complete silence. He offers you a small smile before heading to the center of the hall and you wonder either that actually happened or you simply imagined the corner of his lips curling upwards. [[Continue|Passagem 46]]

As he reaches the center of the hall, he touches his throat and, after a brief pause, says: - Hello, my name is Elya and I go by he. - His voice is deep, but soothing. You notice it's awfully similar to the voice that echoed in your head earlier. It also doesn’t seem to be amplified by anything but, oddly, everyone seems to hear it just fine. His expression is calm and composed, yet kind. He continues: - I know this has been a rough night and all of you are confused and also afraid. Allow me, then, to clarify what the situation of planet Earth and humanity is right now. This will be a lot to take in, but we have decided it to be a good start. [[Continue|Passagem 47]]

The figures beside Elya nod and begin to morph into what resembles a huge screen above his head, in the middle of the hall, displaying a moving image of the night sky. Elya waits until the image is fully formed, and then resumes: - Even though you might not be aware of it, the universe and its living beings are in constant evolution and, therefore, so are our worlds. The planets evolve into better places as the species that inhabit them evolve into more morally and intellectually evolved beings. While that evolution takes place, the tendency is that, the more evolved a society is, the more immaterial it becomes. The screen then proceeds to display an image of a body projecting its soul into a spiritual plane, very similar to the astral projection representations on Earth. - As some of your philosophical currents have guessed, there are different planes of existence, even on Earth, and they can be roughly classified as physical or spiritual. Currently, you have one physical plane and a few spiritual ones but, naturally, the more subtle of them still escape your senses, as your current state of evolution is not yet enough to see or consciously perceive them. Elya takes a short pause to allow everyone to process what has been said so far. Then, he continues: - However, when a society of any kind of beings reaches a certain level of evolution and understanding, more evolved spirits or beings, if you will, are allowed to make contact and help them in the process. This, in short, is what brings us here. Such is the natural order of things. [[Continue|Passagem 48]]

Everyone seems taken aback by the information and some whispering starts from a corner of the room. The screen, then, morphs into displaying Jupiter and Elya clears his throat in a very artificial way, subtly asking for silence. When the whispers are gone, he resumes: - You should also be surprised to learn that there is at least one kind of life form in every planet in this solar system, as well as any globe in the observable universe for you. We, particularly, come from Jupiter, a planet with no purely physical planes, much like several others. You can call us The Y. Noticing the fear everyone is emanating at those words, Elya finds an even more reassuring tone to his voice: - You must know upfront that we did not come to take over the planet. In fact, not even to lessen your responsibility in the process of making it better. We came to help, to instruct you, and to assist in the transition of Earth from a world of mostly pain and suffering to a world of recovery and development. [[Continue|Passagem 49]]

Elya nods and the screen changes into displaying the terrifying dark shadows with silver outlines that everyone saw earlier. Watching the collectively negative reaction, Elya closes his eyes for a few moments projecting a wave of subtle, warm light in the room that comes out of his forehead and acts like chamomile tea upon the crowd. Some people are cleary enchanted by the display, but don't say a thing, afraid to interrupt. Seeing the now calmer environment, Elya takes a deep breath and continues: - Those dark shadows that you dealt with earlier were less developed spirits that inhabit The Umbral, the darkest spiritual plane of Earth. It was home for the souls that made several, grave mistakes in their last existence on the physical plane. The Umbral can not exist in a planet that is transitioning to a higher spiritual order, so we were instructed to move those souls safely to another planet, in which they would be in affinity with the environment and could start developing again, righting their wrongs within the laws of Karma. The genuine saddness that takes over Elya's expression is bare and there for everyone to see, the light in his eyes dimming slightly: - Unfortunately, they had a much more organized society than we were expecting to find and decided to fight back by descending to the physical plane, which they knew would make our introduction to humanity a lot more chaotic and less productive. [[Continue|Passagem 50]]

The screen above Elya then morphs to show the exact moment all the lights went off. He sighs: - To deal with the situation, we first released upon Earth a sound known as Prohibere, in a specific frequency that prevents lesser spirits from using most of their influences and abilities over the physical plane. With most of them unable to hurt you, they tried to frighten you to create instability. We, then, had no other choice but to use the second sound that you heard, Ascendunt. That sound amplifies the power of spirits in higher frequencies and awakens the ones of us who have been living in any physical plane, in a mission or otherwise. You might have noticed that some of your companions have changed for a while and joined us in the task of keeping everyone safe. [[Continue|Passagem 51]]

You and Thomas share a glance. The students that have been sitting purposefully away from you shoot you an apologetic look, with a hint of curiosity. Elya prepares himself to close his speech: - We are painfully sorry our introduction was made like this, but we are here and happy to join you. Just as everything in nature tends to gradation, most of your lives won’t change abruptly, resuming to normal in a few days. Further explanation and insights into different aspects of the whole situation will be given to every one of you throughout the next few days. As for the ones of you that have experienced effects under the Ascendunt frequency, we know some of you are frightened, but expect direct contact from us very soon. [[Continue|Passagem 52]]

Elya looks around, in what looks like an effort to reassure all of you. - For now - He continues - we need all of you to return to your houses, bond with your relatives or friends, and rest. Transportation will be provided for the ones who might need it at the entrance labeled B. If you haven’t yet, I advise you to drink some of the silver liquid we offered earlier. It is one of the forms of universal fluid that we manipulated to help your bodies and mind to recover faster. We’ll see one another soon enough. [[Continue|Passagem 53]]

Surprisingly, without a word, everyone starts heading to the exit. They are probably as tired as you are. The screen above Elya’s head undoes itself and morphs back into the two bright figures, standing one at each side of him. Elya nods and smiles at everyone passing by him but, as you pass with Thomas, he looks at you pointedly and then averts his gaze… Is that red you see in his cheeks and ears? [[Continue|Passagem 54]]

There is that familiar, instinct-based feeling in your chest once more. You’re tempted to try to talk to him but, before you can stop on your tracks, Thomas takes your arm and says: - That’s enough for today, $FirstName. I feel like my head is going to explode. - He says, and he looks as exhausted as he sounds. You probably look just as tired and, because of it, decide to give up on getting any more explanations for tonight. Fortunately, you and Thomas are neighbors and live nearby the campus, so it doesn’t take long to reach home. [[Continue|Passagem 55]]

After saying your goodbyes, you and Thomas share a hug that says it all. You’re both glad that three of you ended up safe and sound, even though Emma couldn't make it to this comforting moment at the end of the night. You may be scared for what’s to come, but none of you are alone. Before leaving, Thomas turns to you once more, some strands of his black hair falling loose from the man-bun he had managed to make effortlessly earlier. - Try not to shine and go hovering around again, ok? I’m a light sleeper. - He says, with a weak smile on his face. - Shouldn't that mean you can sleep well with light?! - You answer, smiling back as you make your way to the door. Thomas rolls his eyes. [[Continue|Passagem 56]]

- Also, $FirstName? - He calls your attention - Yes? - You answer, curious. - Try looking at the mirror when you get home. - Thomas lets out a genuine laugh and enters his house before you can question what he means by that. “The night must have really gotten to him” - You think, as you get to your own house. You enter your small apartment, now painfully aware that you are by yourself. You decide to look for a mirror. When you find it, two things startle you. The first is the color of your eyes. They are still $EyeColor, but several shades lighter, similarly to what happened to the senior students that helped you out earlier. [[Continue|Passagem 57]]

The second surprise isn’t as pretty as the first one. A tiny piece of a branch with a leaf still on it has been stuck to your $HairLength $HairColor hair the whole time. “Was that the reason Elya looked at me and smiled?? Thomas, you are a dead man.”- You think to yourself, cheeks burning. “That’s silly... Everyone had bigger problems tonight” - You conclude, reassuring yourself, but not really. Then, you proceed to take a quick shower and change into comfortable clothes, ready to head to bed. Your mattress has never felt softer and your body melts as soon as it gets in contact with it. With all of your muscles relaxing immensely, your thoughts don't stand a chance at keeping you awake any longer. And, just like that, you slowly give in to yet another familiar, soothing darkness for the day. [[Continue |Chapter 2]]

You look at the glass with the weird liquid and, considering you have absolutely no idea what it is, decide not to drink it. Thomas looks at you with understanding and takes the glass, placing it on a nearby desk. - They have been kind to us so far, but better safe than sorry, right? - You say. Thomas looks slightly amused, and his face softens. - I'd say you have trust issues, $FirstName, but I wouldn't ingest anything that glows like that either. - He replies. You look at the digital clock on the wall across from you. 1:35 AM. You realize that your phone is nowhere to be found and that you need to text your parents to check in on them. [[Continue|Passagem 43]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

by Lou

After going through a lot of your stuff, you touch something familiar at the bottom of a dusty drawer you haven’t opened in months, the phone. - Gotcha! - You say, triumphantly. - Oh... Hey there - Says someone with a gentle voice you don’t recognize, from behind you. You somewhat stumble backwards, but turn around ready to fight. Well, at least ready to try. Then you see the intruder’s face. A slim, but fit man watches you amused. He holds both of his hands up in the air, showing that he means no threat to you. He has expressive black eyes that look like they are tracking even your slightest movements. His medium-length hair is styled with an undercut. [[Continue |Passagem 59]]

The contrast between the darkness of his eyes and the paleness of his skin is intense. One even more particular aspect about him calls your attention, however: the man has a dragon tattooed around his left eye that goes from the corner of his cheek to his forehead. - How did you get in here?? - You practically scream, scared. - Oh! I’m not here to hurt you. I thought you would recognize me by now, at the very least. Look - He points at his eyes and, like yours, they also turn several shades lighter than their original tone, but he keeps going until it looks like they’re going to turn into two holes of light. - Ok, ok, stop. So it looks like you also changed last night. Great. Now, who are you and what the hell are you doing in my house?- You ask, unable to calm your nerves. The man hums, his face falling from the amusement it held a few minutes ago to a more serious expression. He returns his eyes to its original pitch black tone and you pretend that you’re not curious at all about how, since there are more pressing matters at hand. [[Continue |Passagem 60]]

- Name’s Ian, Ian Ishihara, and I go by he. Last night, after Ascendunt rang, most of our kind who incarnated on earth retrieved some of our memories, hence why I thought you would remember me by now. But, as it looks like… - What do you mean by “our kind”? And “incarnated”?? - You still don’t know whether you can trust this man or not, but he gets your attention with the way he’s naturally speaking about the previous day’s events. - Oh… I think I may have gone over the top with coming here suddenly and assuming things - He looks at you intensely, but not apologetically. In reality, he looks almost disappointed. - You know what - Ian says, putting a finger up, as if to keep you from speaking - I’m out, sorry about this - He turns around to leave. [[Continue |Passagem 61]]

- No! Wait! Tell me what you know - You say, grabbing his arm. - Oh, dear… As stupidly brave as I remember - He lets out a soft laugh, with no actual malice - Look, I don’t really know how much I can tell you without making you even more confused about your situation. If you wait until you remember it, it’s gonna be easier. - Well, I haven’t remembered anything yet... And you and those people from yesterday - You mention, remembering the senior students serving the silver liquid to you - Seem to be already on the loop with a lot… - Hm… May I have a seat? - Ian asks, and it’s the last response you thought he’d give you. [[You invite him to have a seat, politely |Passagem 62]] [[You allow him to have seat |Passagem 63]] [[You would rather have him stand|Passagem 64]]

- O-of course - You know you shouldn’t be embarrassed when someone who broke into your house subtly points out your lack of manners, but your personality seems to disagree. The amused look returns to Ian’s face as he sits into one of the armchairs in your living room, elegantly crossing his legs. You haven’t noticed this before, but he looks rather wealthy. Not that this matters when beings from another planet just acknowledged humanity, but still. You sit across from him, considerably less elegantly. - So? - You ask, expectantly. Ian looks at you with a pensive face for a few minutes. His long nails with black polish tapping on the wood that makes the arm of the chair. Whatever problems he may have, maintaining eye contact isn’t one of them. You decide to give him his sweet time. It’s important, after all. [[Continue |Passagem 65]] <<set $Shy +=1>>

- Sure, suit yourself - You say, not letting your guard down for a second. Ian puts on a slightly bored look on his face as he chooses to sit on one of the armchairs in your living room, elegantly crossing his legs. You haven’t noticed this before, but he looks rather wealthy. Not that this matters when beings from another planet just acknowledged humanity, but still. You sit across from him, considerably less elegantly. - So? - You ask, expectantly. Ian looks at you with a pensive face for a few minutes. His long nails with black polish tapping on the wood that makes the arm of the chair. Whatever problems he may have, maintaining eye contact isn’t one of them. You decide to give him his sweet time. It’s important, after all. [[Continue |Passagem 65]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

- Honestly, I prefer that you stand - You say, looking at Ian with well-justified suspicion. - Sorry, my dear, but I can never seem to remember much when I'm standing - Ian says, his voice sounding as sincere as they come. His face, however, purposefully showing every bit of sarcasm his voice hid. Before you can protest further, an amused look returns to Ian’s face as he simply proceeds to sit on one of the armchairs in your living room, elegantly crossing his legs. You haven’t noticed this before, but he looks rather wealthy. Not that this matters when beings from another planet just acknowledged humanity, but still. Defeated for now, you sit across from him, considerably less elegantly. - So? - You ask, expectantly. Ian looks at you with a pensive face for a few minutes. His long nails with black polish tapping on the wood that makes the arm of the chair. Whatever problems he may have, maintaining eye contact isn’t one of them. You decide to give him his sweet time. It’s important, after all. [[Continue |Passagem 65]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

- Ok, I’m going to lay down everything in simple terms for you, to give you a loose idea of what’s going on. I imagine that most people have remembered at least this much by now, anyways - He says, finally. You nod, determined to make the best out of any information you’re given. - Soooo - He starts, nonchalantly - Reincarnation is a thing, and it’s one of the main mechanisms of the evolution of beings and worlds Elly was talking about yesterday. - Elly? - You ask. - Yeah, Elya - Ian laughs - He isn’t all that fond of that nickname either. Anyways! Reincarnation happens mostly in states of evolution where there are still physical planes. That is because, when incarnated, one remembers little of their past lives and it’s easier to make progress and, eventually, peace with the past. [[Continue |Passagem 66]]

You nod, feeling like you’re following, so far. He continues: - Sometimes, however, we have missions. Spirits of higher frequencies can incarnate in planets with a physical plane with the goal of helping them to evolve faster. For that life-time, for all they know, they belong to that planet and race as well, until they die and remember, as if waking up, who they really are. There are the stand-alones, like... Beethoven! And then there are the group missions. Ian points to you, then to him, then makes circles in the air to symbolize that quite a few people are involved in this, then he smirks. - The first contact with another civilization is not something higher spirits allow without a carefully laid-out plan. Back in Jupiter, we were prepared for this day and agreed more than willingly to incarnate on earth several years prior to it, to be of service at this very moment. Each of us with our own role, but still… Here we are. Of course some of us have failed along the way: some have died and gone back to Jupiter already, and some haven’t even been able to awaken by the ring of Ascedunt. [[Continue |Passagem 67]]

He looks thoughtful, but then looks at you, eager to clarify: - I’m not saying you’re one of them. Your eyes are proof of that. Not quite sure why you can’t remember anything yet though… Your head is spinning. Yet, you still manage to continue the conversation, slowly: - So, you’re telling me I’m originally from Jupiter - You affirm. - Correct. - Ian says, satisfied. - And that I’ve accepted a mission of assisting our civilization in making contact with Earth - You say, looking at him attentively. - Right. - He nods. - And I was born as a human in this lifetime with only this purpose - You add. - Not with only this purpose. It’s not like you’re not an individual with your own challenges, you have free will. But yeah, participating in this is the reason you incarnated specifically on Earth this time around - Ian adds. [[Continue |Passagem 68]]

- But what does all of this entail, then? Why can’t I remember a thing? - You ask. - Well, that is where it gets to be too much information for now. Relax, you’ll get to know all of that very soon. And it’s not an one person's mission this time, remember, silly? You won’t be by yourself. Although I don’t have any cool theories as to why you can’t remember a thing about your past lives yet - He admits. Ian stands up from the chair he’s been sitting on and straightens his clothes, getting ready to leave. [[Continue |Passagem 69]]

- Well! That was quite a ride. This actually didn’t go so badly, after all.I guess I’ll see you soon! - Ian says, starting to leave. - Wait! One last thing! - You say, before he can move further. - Yes… - Ian can’t help but laugh at your insistence. - What are we? - You ask, since he’s mentioned he remembers you, and felt at home enough to just come inside. - It depends on the life - Ian says, now smiling at you wolfishly - but we get along just fine. - Would you say friends? - You ask, genuinely curious. - Again, it depends on the life. I’d say partners in a lot of them. - Ian replies. He is refusing to answer directly... [[You notice that he's being vague and decide to drop it. He was helpful enough already.|Passagem 70]] [[Although being purposefully vague, you notice that he doesn't look annoyed or tired.You decide to push it.|Passagem 71]] [[You've heard enough already. If he doesn't want to say it, you don't care about it either.|Passagem 72]]

Noticing that he is being vague on purpose, you decide not to push it. It may be a sensitive matter to him, and you can only absorb so much information in a day, anyways. - Alright. Maybe some other day - You say, offering him a small smile and shaking your head lightly. Ian lets out a genuine laugh before answering. It’s a warm, loud laughter that fills the room. - Oh, how very you of you to say that - He says, and you can see that he means it in a fond way. You let out an annoyed sound, giving up even further on pushing the matter. He looks at you, deeply amused, before speaking again: - I assure you, though, that I look this good in every single life span - He smiles and winks at you. You roll your eyes at him, but can’t help but smile a little. [[Continue |Passagem 74]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

You know you’re pushing it a little bit, but he’s being purposefully and annoyingly vague. - What kind of partners? - You ask. Ian lets out a genuine laugh before answering. It’s a warm, loud laughter that fills the room. - It… depends on the life - he says, and you realize that he was simply finding himself hilarious before giving you the exact same answer again, especially because it seems to apply. You let out an annoyed sound, giving up on any further questions. He looks at you, deeply amused, before speaking again: - I assure you, though, that I look this good in every single one of them - He smiles and winks at you. You roll your eyes at him, but can’t help but smile. [[Continue |Passagem 74]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

Ian's being very vague and you decide that you have already heard enough for the day, anyways. If you're honest, you don't particularly care about your relationship with him in previous lives, since it probably won't influence your current situation by a lot. - Alright. I think you've said the important bits already - You say, a tired expression settling on your face. Ian looks at you with an unreadable expression for a moment. - I guess people do change, huh - He says, not trying to hide that he is slightly disappointed. You shrug, not sure about what he expected you to do or say. He looks at you, shrugging himself, before speaking again: - I guess you won't be seeing my secret tattoo this time around, then - He smiles and winks at you. You roll your eyes at him, but can’t help but laugh at the nerve. [[Continue |Passagem 74]] <<set $Cold +=2>>

On his way to the door, Ian refrains a black coat patterned with golden roses that he had thrown at your TV without you even noticing it before. As you start to wonder if you can even begin to trust a person who is that furtive, Ian looks back at you and hesitates slightly before leaving. - I’ll see you later, my dear. And I’m sorry for startling you, I mean it this time. - He looks sincerely apologetic for a couple of seconds before returning to his usual smug face, then leaves quickly enough that you are unable to reply. “(...) this time” - It echoes in your head. “That man, seriously...” - you are left dumbfounded in the middle of your living room for a few minutes, processing all the information you just learned. [[Continue|Passagem 75]]

You, then, stare at the phone in your hands. You didn’t let go of it this whole time. Forcing yourself out of your inner turmoil of questions, you decide to find a charger and power it on. Luckily, your contact list is still saved. You text Thomas and Emma: “Hi! This is $FirstName, save this number again, I lost my phone yesterday. Are you down for going over to Emma’s this afternoon? I wanna see her.” - And you press send, for Thomas. “Hey Emma, this is $FirstName. Save this number, I lost the other one. Are you ok? Can I come to see you this afternoon? I was worried.” - You send to Emma. You decide that you can reach out for the rest of your contact list later, it’s time to call your mother. [[You have a good relationship with your mother|Passagem 76]] [[You have an acceptable relationship with your mother|Passagem E]]

She lives in a city 200 miles away from you and is probably freaking out at this point. The phone rings once, twice, then a relieved voice picks up. - $FirstName!! Finally, I was so worried! Thomas told me what happened, are you ok? I tried calling you several times but you wouldn’t pick up! - I’m good, mother, no one got hurt. I lost my phone in the fuss yesterday, that’s all. What about there? - You ask, concerned. - We’re all fine! But you definitely wouldn’t believe it if you saw it! The lights went off and everything shut down! We couldn’t even leave our houses or look out of the windows, since there was a very bright layer of something covering all of them! Did you see it too? [[Continue|Passagem 77]]

You realize that it wasn’t only in the campus, then. Not even only in the city. You also don’t fail to notice the fact that your mother doesn’t sound nearly as frightened as you expected. Then it dawns on you. - Ma, what did Thomas tell you? - You ask. - He told me a similar situation happened there and that you and Emma were so scared the two of you passed out, but that you were ok - She says. - Oh right! Then you know how it went - Thomas kept out the most... concerning details, thankfully. You’re also convinced that it’s for the better, at least for now. You make a mental note to thank him later. - Were you awake to see the announcement that was made on TV this morning, though? - She asks, in a wary tone - I wasn’t! - You answer, relieved that this isn’t a lie, at least. [[Continue|Passagem 78]]

- It looks like another civilization, "The Y", made contact with us and that’s why strange things happened last night. The government assured everyone that they are peaceful and are here to help, and that most of the population won’t even have contact with them for a good handful of years. We are scared, though. This isn’t the kind of thing that’s supposed to happen in real life. It sounds so surreal. Everyone is going crazy about it around here - She says. It also sounds insane to you, and... [[You think The Y might be sincere about being here to help, but it’s good to keep an eye out |Passagem 79]] [[You think The Y are being genuine about wanting to help |Passagem 80]] [[You don’t trust them at all either |Passagem 81]]

After a little while, Emma confirms through text that you not only can, but should come over, and Thomas texts you: “15 min. Meet up at your front door :p”. You wear something comfortable and head outside to wait for him. The weather is nice, but the sun isn’t at its peak anymore. It looks like you overslept. Thomas gets to your door briefly after. He’s wearing slip-ons, sweatpants and a white shirt. You’re glad you’re not the only one who decided to go all comfy. His hair is set in a pony-tail with a few strands hanging loosely on his face. He squints his green eyes to look at you due to the angle of the sunlight. - Hey! How are you feeling? - He asks. - I’m good, surprisingly! And you? - You ask, noticing that he seems calmer himself. - Yeah… I feel like I’m coming to terms with the situation slowly - He answers, then falls silent. [[Continue|Passagem 83]]

You both walk side by side in silence. It isn’t an awkward silence, but a mutual, comfortable agreement. As a matter of fact, seeing Thomas back to his usual quiet self reassures you. He really is doing better today. It doesn’t take long until you reach Emma’s house. It’s the biggest one in the street and just a few blocks away from where both you and Thomas live. You ring the bell and, immediately, hear the sound of several footsteps running towards the door. - Better prepare yourself - Thomas says, smiling. The electric gate opens and Emma comes sprinting in your direction. Her long red hair gracing the air with its curls and flowery smell. She proceeds to throw herself at you and embrace you in the tightest hug you’ve received since… that one time you came back from a long trip and she was dying to see you. [[Continue|Passagem 84]]

You hug her back and smile. Then she does the same to Thomas, who looks like he is about to pass out just before she releases him. Emma has a slightly chubbier figure and you think that might be a factor in just how comforting her hugs feel. It certainly is a factor in how pretty she looks. - I was so scared, I thought I would lose you yesterday. I thought we would all die... - Emma says, waving her hand in the air as if she could physically “shoo” those thoughts. - So were we… You gave us a scare last night - You say, looking at her tenderly. Thomas simply nods, but the way he looks at the two of you makes clear what he feels. He couldn’t bear to lose either of you. - Enough of that! I’ve heard all about it already and we need a break! Come on in! - Emma says, inviting you inside. [[Continue|Passagem 85]]

Only Emma could pull off thinking about doing something fun after a terrifying situation happened a day ago, especially while convincing you and Thomas to do the same. The three of you have a very pleasant afternoon. You cook together, watch movies, sit by the garden to talk, remember funny situations and laugh. Then, as if you were still kids, you decide a sleepover is a good way to end the day. After grabbing a few things back in your place, you head back to Emma’s house and settle on a mattress on the floor, beside her bed. Thomas settles at the fancy looking white couch she has in her room. After the last few comments from all of you die, you find yourself staring at the ceiling, in the dark. It seems like Thomas and Emma have fallen asleep already. It was a really nice day and you feel happy but, slowly, a weird feeling creeps up in your chest. [[Continue|Passagem 86]]

It isn’t necessarily bad, but it’s there. Suddenly, you realize that, as ordinary as today was for the three of you, it feels like a goodbye. Would things continue to be like this for long, after everything that you’ve learned about yourself, and with everything that you’re still yet to learn? You shake those thoughts off. "Time marches on, never backwards... That’s what Elya used to say” - You reaffirm to yourself. ???? “Elya used to say?” - You sit up. The thought came to you so naturally it feels like it has always been there. Emma moves in her bed, and you lay back down carefully, not to wake her up. [[Continue|Passagem 87]]

It seems like you are starting to remember and you can’t decide whether it’s exciting or frightening. One thing is clear, however: you do know Elya. After a while, finally, sleep starts taking over your body and, eventually, not even the most interesting considerations and mysterious feelings are able to keep you from it. [[Continue|Chapter 3]]

<img src="Chapter three.png" class="centerC"/><<notify 3s>>Autosaving!<</notify>> A couple of days go by and, apart from classes being canceled for a week, nothing out of the ordinary happens. Well, nothing besides your unusually light $EyeColor eyes. That is until you receive a phone call from an unknown number. You decide not to pick it up, since you don’t know who the caller is. The phone rings again and it’s the same number. Your curiosity is piqued, but is it enough to answer? [[Answer|Passagem 88]] [[Don't answer|Passagem 89]]

<img src="Chapter two.png" class="centerC"/><<notify 3s>>Autosaving!<</notify>> You wake up with sunlight bathing your skin. Of course, you forgot to close the windows last night… After everything that happened, can you even be upset at that? You get out of bed and stretch, heading to the bathroom to wash up. When you're finished, your stomach growls, and you notice that you can't recall the last time you ate. “My phone…” - you think, as you reach for an apple. You have to check in on your family and Emma, but your phone was lost in last night’s confusion. You remember you kept your older model when you bought a new phone a couple of months ago, just in case. “Well, if this isn’t the case...” - You think, looking for your old phone everywhere. [[Continue |Passagem 58]] <<if $audio>><<audio "main_musica" volume 0.6 fadein loop>><</if>>

- Well, we'll have to wait and see. But I have a good feeling about it! - You say, confident - Ma, I’m glad you’re all ok! Right now I wanna get ready to go see Emma, I don’t know how she’s doing yet. Is that ok? - Yes, of course! Your sister also came over today, she’s chatting with your father. Gotta be with family when you hear news like that. I have a feeling that a lot is going to change from now on. But you go and tell Emma that I said hi! - She says, tenderly. Even unintentionally, her words carry weight. Your mother has always been one to feel a situation more than to reason about it. However, even though that’s the case, you have never met someone who could assess any situation as quickly and accurately as she can. - Sure mom, I’ll tell her. I’ll keep in touch! - You say. - Only when the world breaks in half I’ll believe those words - she laughs - But let’s hope it doesn’t get to that point... Take care, I love you! - She says, being humorous, somehow. - Tell Joanne and dad I said hi! You guys take care of yourselves. Love you too, bye! - You say, hanging up. [[Continue|Passagem 82]]

- Well, I'm right there with you on that. We know what happens to the less developed civilization whenever something like this happens - you sigh, trying ease to worry - Ma, I’m glad you’re all ok, though! Right now I wanna get ready to go see Emma, I don’t know how she’s doing yet. Is that ok? - Yes, of course! Your sister also came over today, she’s chatting with your father. Gotta be with family when you hear news like that. I have a feeling that a lot is going to change from now on. But you go and tell Emma that I said hi! - She says, tenderly. Even unintentionally, her words carry weight. Your mother has always been one to feel a situation more than to reason about it. However, even though that’s the case, you have never met someone who could assess any situation as quickly and accurately as she can. - Sure mom, I’ll tell her. I’ll keep in touch! - You say. - Only when the world breaks in half I’ll believe those words - she laughs - But let’s hope it doesn’t get to that point... Take care, I love you! - She says, being humorous, somehow. - Tell Joanne and dad I said hi! You guys take care of yourselves. Love you too, bye! - You say, hanging up. [[Continue|Passagem 82]]

- Well, I guess we don’t have a choice but to learn their true intentions in the future… - You sigh - Ma, I’m glad you’re all ok! Right now I wanna get ready to go see Emma, I don’t know how she’s doing yet. Is that ok? - Yes, of course! Your sister also came over today, she’s chatting with your father. Gotta be with family when you hear news like that. I have a feeling that a lot is going to change from now on. But you go and tell Emma that I said hi! - She says, tenderly. Even unintentionally, her words carry weight. Your mother has always been one to feel a situation more than to reason about it. However, even though that’s the case, you have never met someone who could assess any situation as quickly and accurately as she can. - Sure mom, I’ll tell her. I’ll keep in touch! - You say. - Only when the world breaks in half I’ll believe those words - she laughs - But let’s hope it doesn’t get to that point... Take care, I love you! - She says, being humorous, somehow. - Tell Joanne and dad I said hi! You guys take care of yourselves. Love you too, bye! - You say, hanging up. [[Continue|Passagem 82]]

<<cacheaudio "main_musica" "music/musica_padrao.wav">> <<cacheaudio "musica_feliz" "music/musica_feliz.wav">> <<cacheaudio "Prohibire" "music/Prohibire.wav">> <<cacheaudio "dark_ambient" "music/dark ambient.wav">> <<cacheaudio "Ascendunt" "music/Ascendunt.wav">> <<cacheaudio "fancy_musica" "music/fancy_musica.mp3">> <<cacheaudio "Diplomats" "music/Diplomats.wav">> <<cacheaudio "Protectors" "music/Protectors.wav">> <<cacheaudio "Artists" "music/Artists.wav">> <<cacheaudio "Naímia" "music/Naimia.mp3">> <<cacheaudio "chegada" "music/chegada.mp3">> <<cacheaudio "Fonte" "music/Fonte.mp3">> <<cacheaudio "vento" "music/vento_ambiente.mp3">> <<cacheaudio "whispers" "music/whispers.mp3">> <<cacheaudio "ambiente_neutro" "music/ambiente_neutro.wav">> <<cacheaudio "IC_Ian" "music/IC_Ian.mp3">> <<cacheaudio "risada_infantil" "music/risada_infantil.mp3">> <<cacheaudio "fogo_calmo" "music/fogo_calmo.mp3">> <<cacheaudio "Aoi_rosna" "music/Aoi_rosna.mp3">> <<cacheaudio "edgar_uivo" "music/edgar_uivo.mp3">> <<cacheaudio "Soraya_chega" "music/Soraya_chega.mp3">> <<cacheaudio "Aoi_calma" "music/Aoi_calma.mp3">> <<cacheaudio "edgar_calmo" "music/edgar_calmo.mp3">> <<cacheaudio "Soraya_chocalho" "music/Soraya_chocalho.mp3">> <<cacheaudio "Soraya_ameaca" "music/Soraya_ameaca.mp3">> <<cacheaudio "edgar_late" "music/edgar_late.mp3">> <<cacheaudio "Aoi_late" "music/Aoi_late.mp3">> <<cacheaudio "Risada" "music/Risada.mp3">> <<cacheaudio "telluris_step" "music/telluris_step.wav">> <<cacheaudio "wing" "music/wing.wav">> <<cacheaudio "labirinto" "music/labirinto.wav">> <<cacheaudio "risada_diplomata" "music/risada_diplomata.wav">> <<silently>> <<set $FirstName to "Anne">> <<set $LastName to "Davis">> <<set $SkinColor to "brown">> <<set $EyeColor to "brown">> <<set $Height to "average">> <<set $HairColor to "brown">> <<set $HairType to "curly">> <<set $HairLength to "long">> <<set $Gender to "non-binary">> <<set $AuxPronoun to "he">> <<set $Pronoun to "he">> <<set $TreatPronoun to "Miss">> <<set $PossProStart to "her">> <<set $PossProEnd to "hers">> <<set $ObjPro to "her">> <<set $ReflPro to "herself">> <<set $VerbPro to "is">> <<set $CharProfile to 0>> <<set $DivProfileD to 0>> <<set $DivProfileA to 0>> <<set $DivProfileP to 0>> <<set $Division to "none">> <<set $Extra to 0>> <<set $ReactToFacts to 3>> <<set $Punctual to 3>> <<set $IanRoute to 0>> <<set $IanFriend to 0>> <<set $ElyaRoute to 0>> <<set $ElyaFriend to 0>> <<set $JoanaRoute to 0>> <<set $JoanaFriend to 0>> <<set $NoEmpathy to 0>> <<set $FavColor to "blue">> <<set $FavFlower to "rose">> <<set $Assertive to 0>> <<set $Gentle to 0>> <<set $DiplomaticApproach to "You haven't discovered it yet.">> <<set $ArtisticInclination to "You haven't discovered it yet.">> <<set $AffinityAnimal to "You haven't discovered it yet.">> <<set $StorySummary to 0>> <<set $TrainingArtist to "none">> <<set $TrainingDiplomat to "none">> <<set $TrainingProtector to "none">> <<set $MissionArtist to "none">> <<set $MissionDiplomat to "none">> <<set $MissionProtector to "none">><</silently>> <<set $audio to true>>

She lives in a city 200 miles away from you and is probably worried at this point. The phone rings once, twice, then a relieved voice picks up. - $FirstName. Finally, I was worried. Thomas told me what happened, are you ok? - She asks. - I’m good, mother, no one got hurt. I lost my phone in the fuss yesterday, that’s all. What about there? - You ask. - We’re all fine! But you definitely wouldn’t believe it if you saw it! The lights went off and everything shut down! We couldn’t even leave our houses or look out of the windows, since there was a very bright layer of something covering all of them! Did you see it too? [[Continue|Passagem E2]]

You realize that it wasn’t only in the campus, then. Not even only in the city. You also don’t fail to notice that, though you didn't expect your mother to freak out, she doesn’t sound nearly as worried as you expected. Then it dawns on you. - Mother, what did Thomas tell you? - You ask. - He told me a similar situation happened there and that you and Emma were so scared the two of you passed out, but that you were ok - She says. - Oh right! Then you know how it went - Thomas kept out the most... concerning details, thankfully. You’re also convinced that it’s for the better, at least for now. You make a mental note to thank him later. - Were you awake to see the announcement that was made on TV this morning, though? - She asks, in a wary tone - I wasn’t. - You answer. [[Continue|Passagem E3]]

- It looks like another civilization, "The Y", made contact with us and that’s why strange things happened last night. The government assured everyone that they are peaceful and are here to help, and that most of the population won’t even have contact with them for a good handful of years. We are scared, though. This isn’t the kind of thing that’s supposed to happen in real life. It sounds so surreal. Everyone is going crazy about it around here - She says. It also sounds insane to you, and... [[You think The Y might be sincere about being here to help, but it’s good to keep an eye out |Passagem E4]] [[You think The Y are being genuine about wanting to help |Passagem E5]] [[You don’t trust them at all either |Passagem E6]]

- Well, I guess we don’t have a choice but to learn their true intentions in the future… - You sigh - Mother, I’m glad you’re ok. Right now I wanna get ready to go see Emma, I don’t know how she’s doing yet. - Yes, of course! Your sister also came over today, she’s chatting with your father. Gotta be with family when you hear news like that. I have a feeling that a lot is going to change from now on. But you go and tell Emma that I said hi! - She replies. Even unintentionally, her words carry weight. Your mother has always been one to feel a situation more than to reason about it. However, even though that’s the case, you have never met someone who could assess any situation as quickly and accurately as she can. - Sure, I’ll tell her - You say. - Take care of yourself and come visit sometime. - She says, and those words, for one, don't carry as much weight. - I'll try. Tell Joanne and dad I said hi! - You say, hanging up. [[Continue|Passagem 82]]

- Well, we'll have to wait and see. But I have a good feeling about it! - You say, confident - Mother, I’m glad you’re ok. Right now I wanna get ready to go see Emma, I don’t know how she’s doing yet. - Yes, of course! Your sister also came over today, she’s chatting with your father. Gotta be with family when you hear news like that. I have a feeling that a lot is going to change from now on. But you go and tell Emma that I said hi! - She replies. Even unintentionally, her words carry weight. Your mother has always been one to feel a situation more than to reason about it. However, even though that’s the case, you have never met someone who could assess any situation as quickly and accurately as she can. - Sure, I’ll tell her - You say. - Take care of yourself and come visit sometime. - She says, and those words, for one, don't carry as much weight. - I'll try. Tell Joanne and dad I said hi! - You say, hanging up. [[Continue|Passagem 82]]

- Well, I'm right there with you on that. We know what happens to the less developed civilization whenever something like this happens - you sigh, trying ease to worry - Mother, I’m glad you’re ok. Right now I wanna get ready to go see Emma, I don’t know how she’s doing yet. - Yes, of course! Your sister also came over today, she’s chatting with your father. Gotta be with family when you hear news like that. I have a feeling that a lot is going to change from now on. But you go and tell Emma that I said hi! - She replies. Even unintentionally, her words carry weight. Your mother has always been one to feel a situation more than to reason about it. However, even though that’s the case, you have never met someone who could assess any situation as quickly and accurately as she can. - Sure, I’ll tell her - You say. - Take care of yourself and come visit sometime. - She says, and those words, for one, don't carry as much weight. - I'll try. Tell Joanne and dad I said hi! - You say, hanging up. [[Continue|Passagem 82]]

Curiosity taking the best of you, you answer the call. You wait until the other person says something. - Hello! I’m looking for $TreatPronoun $LastName. - A friendly feminine voice says. - Hi, this is $ObjPro. Who is it? - You answer, suspicious. - Wonderful! My name is Cora, nice to meet you. I am one of The Y. I’m contacting you to request your presence in an event planned for tomorrow night. We aim to clarify some things about what happened to you three days ago, as well share some extra details with everyone. I apologize for the short notice, $TreatPronoun $LastName. We’ve had a lot on our plates lately- She says - No worries - you say. It’s not like you aren’t eager to get answers yourself - I couldn’t help but notice that you said “request”, is it mandatory? - Oh! - Cora seems taken off-guard - Not necessarily, no. But I must say that it is of utmost importance that you come. You’ll be safe. It is an event exclusively for the ones who share the changes you’ve been experiencing so, hopefully, you can also bond with the others on that - She answers, encouragingly. [[Continue|Passagem 90]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

Out of habit, despite your curiosity, you decide against answering it. If you don't know them, why are they calling you? To your surprise, the phone answers itself. You stare at it for several seconds just listening to the muffled sound of a woman's voice. Finally, you place it against your ear. - Hello! I’m looking for $TreatPronoun $LastName. - A friendly feminine voice says. - Hi, this is $ObjPro. Who is it? - You answer, suspicious. - Wonderful! My name is Cora, nice to meet you. I am one of The Y. I’m contacting you to request your presence in an event planned for tomorrow night. We aim to clarify some things about what happened to you three days ago, as well share some extra details with everyone. I apologize for the short notice, $TreatPronoun $LastName. We’ve had a lot on our plates lately - She says - No worries - you say. It’s not like you aren’t eager to get answers yourself - I couldn’t help but notice that you said “request”, is it mandatory? - Oh! - Cora seems taken off-guard - Not necessarily, no. But I must say that it is of utmost importance that you come. You’ll be safe. It is an event exclusively for the ones who share the changes you’ve been experiencing so, hopefully, you can also bond with the others on that - She answers, encouragingly. [[Continue|Passagem 90]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

You are not sure if it’s her voice or her unwavering sympathy, but Cora sounds dangerously persuasive. - Oh, sure, I’ll come - You answer. You were never going to say no, but it occurs to you that she doesn’t need to know that. - Marvelous! I’ll send you the address, but I also would like to send a ride to pick you up. Would that be ok? We’d rather avoid setbacks of any kind - She says. - Yes, that sounds fine, if it’s not too much trouble - You say. You’re already on it now, it wouldn’t make sense not to trust them to take you there. - Not at all, $TreatPronoun $LastName. Your ride will arrive tomorrow at 8pm. I know it’s probably clear by now, but only you should go. We’ll be discussing information that shouldn’t be common knowledge yet. We do not have a dress code, so come as you like. Do you have any other questions about the event? - Not particularly! Sounds good. Thank you. - You say. - Thank you! I’ll see you tomorrow night. - She hangs up. You can’t help but feel anxious about finally understanding the situation you’ve been thrown into as a whole. When you tell Thomas and Emma about it, neither of them sound pleased about you going by yourself, but they understand that it’s something you have to do on your own and wish you good luck. [[Continue|Passagem 91]]

The next day seems to both never come and arrive in a blink of an eye. When getting ready, you decide to go for a basic look, but with a few touches that go well with your personality. You assume it should be at least passable. You forward the address you received from Cora to your friends, just in case. A friendly driver arrives at 8pm sharp and, after exchanging a few words, you head to the location of the event, both in silence. The place is a large white event venue decorated with a few pretty lights set in circular patterns, quite far away from the city. It doesn’t look like there’s a lot going on inside, judging by the outside. You can see someone welcoming the guests at the entrance. [[Continue|Passagem 92]]

Most of them have eyes that are way lighter than usual in different intensities and, for once, you feel like you might fit in, appearance and otherwise. You’ve been avoiding leaving your house for the past few days because of that. Fortunately, the whole place has a very welcoming feeling to it. As you thank the driver and approach the entrance, a woman of average height, with short blonde hair and big brown eyes looks at you kindly when she sees you. - $TreatPronoun $LastName, I’m Cora, the one who called! Welcome, You look very nice today! - She says, sincerely. - Thank you, so do you. - You say as you get closer to her, who places a thin black wristband on you. - Oh, I know this one! - Says a familiar voice. [[Continue|Passagem 93]]

When you look for its source, you find Ian leaning against the entrance’s door frame. He is wearing well-tailored pants, business shoes and a plain shirt, all of them black. In contrast, he is also wearing a long red coat with white birds sewed on it that resembles a Japanese traditional kimono, but made modern. It is a rather interesting design. Not surprisingly, he has this “uninterested but amused” look that you have a feeling is very standard to him. - You know - Cora says, winking at you and then facing Ian - If I were you I would give it a few more minutes before coming to see $TreatPronoun $LastName. One might think you actually miss someone now and then. Ian laughs out loud at that. - Maybe… I know who I’m never going to miss, though - He looks at her sharply, but there isn’t any real tension in the air. - Right, right. - She replies, smiling dismissively and “shooing” both of you with hand movements. You greet Ian, glad to see a familiar face, even if you didn’t meet in the most appropriate terms. [[Continue|Passagem 94]]

As you enter, Ian follows, walking by your side. - Nervous? - He asks. - Yes, a little - You admit. - That’s understandable, so are most of the people here, I can feel it - Ian says, putting his hands on the pockets of his coat and closing his eyes for a moment - What a heavy energy being anxious carries - He concludes. When he opens his eyes again, there’s a wave of something you can’t quite place, but he shakes it off pretty quickly: - I know I can come off as rather imposing sometimes, but you should remember soon that isn’t the case. Would you like me to keep you company, or would you rather be on your own? - Oh, don't worry. I'm ok with your company! - You answer honestly, since the thought of being completely on your own in a situation like this doesn't sound appealing at all. - That’s the option I prefer as well! - He smiles at you. It’s a very pretty smile and looks so tender you can’t help but remember Cora’s teasing. Could it be that Ian actually missed you? [[Continue|Passagem 95]]

Your thoughts are quickly interrupted by the sight of the interior of the hall. The place is very wide and has chandeliers of different, but harmonious shapes hanging from the ceiling. The long hall ends with a well illuminated stage, with white curtains behind it. The curtains have delicate, small details in beige that you can't see well from afar. There are tables disposed symmetrically on the sides of the hall with white tablecloth and four golden thonet chairs surrounding them. Over the tables, apart from glasses, there are floral arrangements made of lilies. It looks like almost all of the guests have already settled inside. You estimate that there’s about a hundred of you. [[Continue|Passagem 96]] <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "fancy_musica" loop play>><</if>>

Ian has been silently guiding you towards a table close to the stage, leaving you to your thoughts in the process. Even though you technically only met him a few days ago, the dynamics between the two of you is pretty fluid, you can tell. You decide to steal a glance at Ian’s face and notice that he appears to be taking in every detail of the room and the people inside of it. His broad awareness of any environment he enters shows, and you felt the same way when he broke into your apartment. It felt like you couldn’t possibly take him off guard. You also notice that he looks rather serious whenever he is silent, which feels a little out of character for him, already. - Like what you see, $TreatPronoun $LastName? - Ian asks, suddenly turning to you. The smug smile slowly returns to his face. [["I do"|Passagem 97]] [["I was just thinking"|Passagem 98]] [["Not really"|Passagem 99]]

- Oh, but I do. It's nice to see you when I'm not scared that you might be a creep who will assault me right after breaking into my house - You answer teasingly. - Right, right. I apologized! - Ian laughs while pretending to be exhasperated. You could swear you saw him blushing for a second. You both sit at the table Ian chose, by yourselves. Ian proceeds to look at you without averting his gaze and, when you can’t pretend you’re not noticing it anymore, you ask: - Like what you see? - You mimic his voice and facial expressions, playfully. To your surprise, Ian doesn’t laugh at that as you were expecting him to. Instead, he holds your gaze steadily, his dark eyes focused in an intense way. The dragon tattoed around his left eye looking like it might start moving around his delicate features at any second. - I’m only returning the favor, my dear. And yes, I do like what I see - He answers. [[Continue|Passagem 100]] <<set $Warm +=1>> <<set $Blunt += 1>>

- I was just thinking about the whole situation, that’s all - You answer, slightly embarrassed to be caught staring. - Right, right - Ian replies, teasingly making it clear that he doesn’t believe you. You both sit at the table Ian chose, by yourselves. Ian proceeds to look at you without averting his gaze and, when you can’t pretend you’re not noticing it anymore, you ask: - Like what you see? - You mimic his voice and facial expressions, playfully. To your surprise, Ian doesn’t laugh at that as you were expecting him to. Instead, he holds your gaze steadily, his dark eyes focused in an intense way. The dragon tattoed around his left eye looking like it might start moving around his delicate features at any second. - I’m only returning the favor, my dear. And yes, I do like what I see - He answers. [[Continue|Passagem 100]] <<set $Warm +=1>> <<set $Shy +=1>>

- Not particularly, no. - You answer teasingly, but also truthfully. - Right! I have an overactive imagination, don't mind me - Ian laughs and shrugs your cold response to him. You both sit at the table Ian chose, by yourselves. Ian proceeds to look at you without averting his gaze and, when you can’t pretend you’re not noticing it anymore, you ask: - Like what you see? - You mimic his voice and facial expressions, playfully. To your surprise, Ian doesn’t laugh at that as you were expecting him to. Instead, he holds your gaze steadily, his dark eyes focused in an intense way. The dragon tattoed around his left eye looking like it might start moving around his delicate features at any second. - I’m only returning the favor, my dear. And well, it isn't fun if I tell you, is it? - He answers. [[Continue|Passagem 100]] <<set $Blunt += 1>> <<set $Cold +=1>>

Seeing the effect it has on you, he laughs out loud, any lustful expression, if there was ever any, completely gone by now. - You’re so easy to tease, how sweet... To be honest, I was actually wondering what’s your first name this time around. You never told me. Or would you rather have me call you $TreatPronoun $LastName? Because I absolutely would - He says, lightening the mood between you. - Oh, you’re right. It’s $FirstName! - You say, and Ian’s face lightens up even more. - You have GOT to be kidding me - Ian says, looking excited like a child. Before you can ask what is so interesting about your name, you notice that silence is taking over the whole room and you refuse to be the single voice that stands out when it does. Now turning around on the chair to face the entrance, you clearly see why. [[Continue|Passagem 101]]

Elya is walking the path between the tables towards the stage elegantly, nodding and offering a small smile to the guests who make eye contact with him. Now you think it sounds silly, but you didn’t think he could walk, only hover. Differently from the robe you saw him wearing a few days ago, he is dressed casually, with a black turtleneck shirt, slim gray pants with a belt and black casual shoes, with details in silver. You would think that would make him look less like a powerful being, but that isn’t the case. His long, unnaturally golden hair flows in perfect waves as he walks. It makes him look like a renaissance painting. And it doesn’t help that his icy-blue eyes seem to see through everyone he acknowledges, staring directly at their soul. [[Continue|Passagem 102]]

To your surprise and apparently no one else’s, Elya stops by your table instead of going straight to the stage: - Ian - He says kindly, greeting him. - Elly! - Ian replies, a very playful smile on his lips, but otherwise cordial. You had no idea Elya could look so disgusted. He soon washes it off his features, though, shaking his head lightly, as if accepting that Ian can’t be helped. Ian’s grin only widens at that. Elya then turns to you. The best word to describe how you feel under his gaze would be “bare”. He smiles sweetly. - $FirstName. - He says. - Hi - You smile back, not sure what else to say. - I need to discuss something with you for a few minutes, would that be fine? - He asks. - Oh! Sure - You nod. - Follow me, please - Elya looks pleased with your cooperation. [[Continue|Passagem 103]]

You look at Ian and excuse yourself, to which he says: - Don’t worry, I’ll be right here when you come back - He looks relaxed, like he already expected this to happen. You find it odd, but it isn’t all that surprising. Elya guides you to a small room beside the stage. It looks like a conference room for small groups, having a round table at the center, surrounded by several silver chairs. Elya gestures for you to take a seat and sits at the opposite side of the table, facing you. He looks at you for a few seconds, seeming unsure of what to say, for the first time. You decide not to interfere. Finally, he breaks the silence: - It has come to my attention that, naturally, you have been recovering your memories at a slower pace than expected - He says, waiting for you to confirm the facts. - Yes, that's correct. Is it actually natural? - You ask, highlighting his choice of words. - Yes - Elya giggles and, at that moment, he looks just as human as you - One really is the same in different existences. [[Continue|Passagem 104]]

You are curious, but decide to ignore his comment, eager to know why he says it’s natural and, yet, only you seem to be having that problem. Elya looks like he’s reading your feelings perfectly, showing sympathy with his eyes. He proceeds to watch the general area around you with a kind of amusement on his face. Whatever he is seeing, it doesn’t hold his attention for long, since he quickly prepares himself to continue. - You remember agreeing for a voice inside of your head to let it take control over your body for a while, yes? - He asks, genuinely. - Yes, of course. - You answer, waiting for him to continue. - Well, that was me, in fact. - He says, waiting patiently for you to process the information. You blink. [[Continue|Passagem 105]]

- What? How? - You ask, confused. - You see, this body that houses me right now wasn’t born like yours. Like a few others, it was carefully made to house The Y that came to Earth in this mission, the ones whose roles didn’t involve being born here in this lifetime. We can’t just take a regular human body for several reasons, the primary of them being out of respect for its original owner. Elya inspects carefully your general area once more and looks satisfied. Then, he continues: - The difference between our bodies is that mine, currently, diminishes the extent of my abilities and their impact on Earth and earthly creatures or spirits. That happens because it wasn’t naturally born and raised on this planet and, therefore, isn’t nearly as connected to it as yours is. By borrowing your physical form that night, I was able to fully use my abilities and address the emergency we had at hand properly. Doing that, however, I interfered in your awakening, hence why you will take longer to remember than the rest of them. [[Continue|Passagem 106]]

You nod, understanding starting to dawn on you. Elya resumes: - You’ll soon remember that we talked about this possibility a long time ago, before this mission even began. I had no other options. I only ask of you to be patient - He says, looking at you sheepshingly. - I understand… You also asked for permission that night, so it’s not like you forced me to do anything - You answer, reassuring him that you know he didn’t force anything on you. Elya looks deeply relieved and, for a second, you think you see a glimpse of golden light dancing around him. You fear you might be hallucinating. - I have a question, however - You say, looking thoughtful. - Yes, of course, what is it? - Elya leans on the table, looking at ease. - Where did I go when you took over my body? - You ask, genuinely curious. [[Continue|Passagem 107]]

- Oh! - a deep shade of red covers Elya’s cheeks and ears. He leans back against the chair - About that… It was also my duty to protect you from any harm, so I found it better that we co-existed in the same body. That makes sense to you, it would be impossible for you to be in any danger that way. You notice that Elya, however, is looking pointedly at the floor and avoiding anything remotely close to eye contact. [[“It was nice of you to do that!”|Passagem 108]] [[“Why are you blushing?”|Passagem 109]] [[“Oh, it makes sense...”|Passagem 110]]

- Elya - you say, getting his attention - It was really nice of you to do that. Thank you! - Well... I only was doing my job and keeping my word - It’s very odd for you to see someone who deals with people so well looking shy, suddenly. For some reason, you also find it adorable. He clears his throat: - You won't remember how I know this, but I'm sure you would have done the same for me - He says, with a friendly smile. - Oh! I'm glad… - You answer. It’s your time to avert your gaze. There's so much you still don't remember about your past lives. Elya straightens his posture and, by using what looks like a few moments of concentration, goes back to his usual self. One would never believe he was being sentimental just a few seconds ago. - Well, I believe this conversation was fruitful! I asked to talk to you beforehand because I am going to address the room as if everyone has already remembered at least the basics of the situation, which I know Ian has told you about - He says. [[Continue|Passagem 111]] <<set $Warm +=1>> <<set $Shy +=1>>

- Elya - you say, getting his attention - why are you blushing? - Well... - It’s very odd for you to see someone who deals with people so well at a loss of words. For some reason, you also find it cute. He clears his throat: - It’s just that, in Jupiter, co-existing in the same body, or semi-physical body, that is the ones we have, can be considered an act of… intimacy - He says. - Oh! I see… Thank you, anyways! - You answer. - No need to thank me. I'm sure you would have done the same for me - He says, still blushing, but looking utterly determined to say those words, as if they are the most important part of the whole conversation. It’s your time to avert your gaze. You think you understand what he means by intimacy, and you see that he would go beyond social conventions to protect you. Elya straightens his posture and, by using what looks like a few moments of concentration, goes back to his usual self. One would never believe he was being bashful just a few seconds ago. - Well, I believe this conversation was fruitful! I asked to talk to you beforehand because I am going to address the room as if everyone has already remembered at least the basics of the situation, which I know Ian has told you about - He says. [[Continue|Passagem 111]] <<set $Warm +=1>> <<set $Blunt += 1>>

- Oh, I see - You say, getting his attention - It makes sense! - I'm glad! - He smiles at you, kindly. - Well, - Elya continues - I believe this conversation was fruitful! I asked to talk to you beforehand because I am going to address the room as if everyone has already remembered at least the basics of the situation, which I know Ian has told you about. [[Continue|Passagem 111]]

He adjusts his posture gently to make eye contact with you before continuing: - I didn’t want you to think that I was oblivious to your situation, especially when I’m responsible for it. - I see. Thank you for that. - You answer, actually grateful for the time he took to talk to you and clear some things up. Before he answers, you catch once more a glimpse of golden light above Elya’s head. This time, it also carries a light violet tone. - Today and always, $FirstName. Those words weigh on your chest and, for a second, you feel a sense of deja vú. Given your unexpected emotional response, you only smile and nod, not wanting to risk talking yet. You wonder what’s taken over you to react like that. [[Continue|Passagem 112]]

Elya gives you a knowing look and a small smile that feels like a teasing of some sort, but it’s so subtle you aren’t sure. There’s something mysteriously engaging in his eyes when he looks at you for a moment, however. - Shall we? - he says, standing up and gesturing for you to follow. He stops at the door, opening it for you. - Do you mind finding your way back to your table, $FirstName? I need to finish a few preparations before going outside - He says - Of course not. Thanks. I’ll see you outside - You say. - I’ll see you! - Elya says, waiting for you to step outside. Then, he smiles at you once more before closing the door again. You find your way back to the table easily enough. Ian is talking to another guest when you approach. - $FirstName! Thought you would never return - He says dramatically. [[Continue|Passagem 113]]

He adjusts the chair beside him for you to sit. - Don’t you look rather calm? - he assesses you, smiling - I’m 100% sure Elya harmonized your aura for you while you were inside. - What do you mean by that? - You ask. - Oh my, I’ll explain later! This is Julia, a friend! - Ian says, gesturing towards the tall girl sitting next to him. She has light-brown eyes that now assume a reddish tone, given their newfound brightness. She also has coiled black hair and beige skin, an interesting combination. The best way to describe her would be a model that doesn’t care at all about the latest trendings, which causes them to create trends themselves, with just how nice they look. [[Continue|Passagem 114]]

- Hi, Julia, I’m $FirstName. Nice to meet you! - You say. - Nice to meet you too! I’ve heard great things about you - She gives you a bright smile. - From this one? - You point at Ian, mocking surprise. - Of course, dear $FirstName, who else would say nice things about you? You don’t have any friends - Ian says, grinning at you. Before you can reply, Julia hits his arm. - Shush you, $Pronoun’ll probably be dearer to most of us than you are - Julia says, switching chairs to sit closer to you. - Ouch, I see how it is - Ian says, unable to keep his laughter from surfacing in-between words. The mood remains pleasant between the three of you before you are interrupted by Elya’s presence rising to the stage. The whole room falls quiet once more, naturally. [[Continue|Passagem 115]]

You notice that he isn’t hovering, but he might as well have been, with how deaf his steps are while climbing the few steps to the stage. He looks even brighter than he was when he first walked in the building and you make a mental note to ask what it is that he does to prepare for these situations that results in him looking like that. That is, if you have another chance. Elya touches his throat for a few seconds before speaking, exactly like he did a few nights ago. - Hello everyone, thank you for coming tonight - As Elya leans forward in a short reverence to the guests, some strands of hair fall on his face. He pushes them back with one hand creating a few more waves, then brings another hand up. He creates a thin line out of thin air, made of a shiny material you don’t recognize. The line floats in the air for a few seconds, bending at its will, before embracing his hair fluidly in a neat ponytail. [[Continue|Passagem 116]]

No one else seems surprised by it, so you suppress any urge to comment. Ian looks at you briefly, shooting you a knowing, entertained look. Elya continues: - Now that you began to remember your past and the mission you assumed by coming here, it’s important that we talk about the future. You, the people who bravely took upon yourselves to become part of another civilization in order to help it evolve, are known as The Bridges among our people. The mood in the room feels a lot happier at that introduction, you can feel the pride of several people in the air, smiling and clapping. - It’s important to highlight that Jupiter is also counting on you, and that this isn't an one-way kind of assistance. There is a lot to be learned from Earth as well and we, though objectively more evolved, are also far from perfection. [[Continue|Passagem 117]]

He looks pointedly at the room, as if sensing there was some sort of inadequate pride coming from a corner of it. His words were effective, though, since now the whole room looks like a classroom full of students afraid a teacher might snap at them. He looks pleased at that and resumes: - The next step of the plan is to re-develop your abilities while part of The Y civilization. We will be training everyone of you who agrees for the next few months. However, it’s important that, even while reconnecting to your past selves, you maintain your current bond with humanity and planet Earth, for a bridge in half doesn’t take anyone anywhere. We’ll help you with that. The crowd sounds excited once more. You... [[Also feel like this is exciting|Passagem 118]] [[Feel like this is what has to be done|Passagem 118]] [[Don't particularly like the sound of that|Passagem 118]]

Elya gives the chatter going on a second before raising his hand again. The crowd stops talking immediately. - For that purpose - he says - you’ll be able to choose to be trained under one of three different divisions. Each one will focus on helping you to develop a particular set of skills, and all of them are crucial to the moment we are living right now and the challenges we’ll face in the future. Tonight, we’ll be presenting those divisions for you and, if you happen to be sure of your affinities, you may already choose. You can hear a few whispers around the room. You’re starting to feel nervous and, when you look at Julia, she takes your arm in hers, trying to reassure you. Ian looks like he’s watching the most boring tv show ever and, suddenly also links his arm to yours, playfully. - Come on! We are a trio now - He says, attempting to replicate puppy eyes. You and Julia laugh at that, which helps to calm your nerves. You release each other’s arms, but the comfort of the silly moment remains with you. Elya continues: - Well, allow me to start with the one I know best. I take great pleasure at presenting to you The Diplomats division. [[Continue|Passagem 119]]

As soon as the words leave his mouth, the whole atmosphere of the room shifts. It’s brighter, lighter and it feels like all of your worries are gone. You hear several footsteps approaching the building from the front door. A group composed of the most charming, serene-looking people you have ever seen enters the hall. Among them, a few spirits of light hover playfully. As they get closer to the stage, you notice that all of them shine almost as brightly as Elya and, although he still stands out by quite a bit, it’s the first time he looks close to fitting in, himself. [[Continue|Passagem 120]] <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<audio "fancy_musica" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "Diplomats" loop play>><</if>>

Elya smiles at the members of the group, before speaking: - The bright spirits you see among them are fellow Y, in our purest form. Your eyes aren’t ready yet to see them for how they really are, but they are great friends, still. If you choose The Diplomats division to join, I’ll be your leader. I will train you to be eloquent, assertive and persuasive, since your main mission as a diplomat will be successfully talking to influential people to help spread our word and increase the confidence among humans towards The Y. The Diplomats look calm, but all of you can see the glints of amusement they hold in their eyes. Some of them are hovering now, looking even more excited than they were when they entered the room. Elya takes the word once more. - When it comes to your abilities, we’ll focus on, among other things, training you to be able to see and, if necessary, influence other people’s aura, feelings and even thoughts, if you’re talented. You will also be able to change the atmosphere of any given environment, making it happy and light or gloomy and dark. Our agenda also includes defensive techniques, such as energetic shields and superficial healing. There are, however, interesting techniques that we develop every day. Shall we show them an instance? [[Continue|Passagem 121]]

The diplomats don’t need another word to start moving around the hall and most of them take a place by a random guest who sits by a table. One of them, very friendly looking, approaches Julia. Elya nods and, in perfect synchrony, all of them put their left hand on the guest’s shoulder. A black haired woman with pale skin and deep green eyes, formerly hidden among the group of diplomats, sets herself apart by walking towards the center of the hall. She is wearing a long white dress with split sides, much like what an ancient goddess would be portrayed dressing. She ascends from the ground, closing her eyes and, apparently, absorbing all sources of light for a few seconds. When the lights return, the woman is already back on the floor making her way to where she was previously, nonchalantly. You are taken aback by what you see, however. [[Continue|Passagem 122]]

The diplomat who is by Julia’s side has taken her form and looks exactly like her. Julia seems terrified, herself, but as you look around, you notice that there are several look-alikes of guests now. When you search the room for Elya to see if he has also shifted, you are surprised to find him already looking in your direction, a little far away from your table, from behind Ian. He looks pleased with how things are going, but there’s something mischievous in his eyes. He proceeds to morph easily into a copy of Ian. Even The Diplomats look surprised, as he also recreates Ian's outfit perfectly. [[Continue|Passagem 123]]

As soon as the change is complete, though, you notice that he is copying not only Ian’s appearance, but also his mannerisms and facial expressions. It is impressive. - The purpose of this skill, for instance, is taking a form that is more easily accepted by the groups you’re going to be negotiating with - Elya says, startling Ian, who snaps his head in his direction. - Cut it off, Elya - His jaw clenches. Ian looks truly irritated for the first time. It makes the air around the table feel very chaotic. Elya puts his hands in his pockets and a smug smile on his face, impersonating Ian perfectly. Everyone sounds amazed at the display, except for Ian, himself. - I am simply demonstrating that, in case I had a meeting with a teenager, rearranging my organic body like this would give me a very convenient appearance to attend - Elya teases a little further and, likely sensing Ian’s patience getting shorter, quickly shifts back to himself. At that, all of the look-alikes also shift back, quickly and smoothly. Everyone applauds the display, except for Ian, who still looks mad. [[Reassure Ian|Passagem 124]] [[Tease Ian|Passagem 125]] [[Remain quiet |Passagem 126]]

- Hey, chill - You say, getting Ian’s attention - You eyes are too dark for him to pull it off properly. Julia agrees and Ian laughs at that, releasing any tension from his body. - You’re damn right they are - He agrees, giving you an appreciative look, and adds - This division is definitely the shadiest one, if you ask me. Given what you just saw, you can’t exactly disagree with him. The Diplomats start making their way out of the building, except for Elya. He bids them a quick farewell and goes back to the stage in order to announce the second division to be presented. He raises his left hand to ask for silence and, once more, people immediately abide. - For the next introduction, I’d like to ask you to follow me to the garden. They come in larger numbers - Elya says. [[Continue|Passagem 127]] <><<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<audio "Diplomats" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "fancy_musica" loop play>><</if>> <<set $Warm +=1>><>

- Oh, come on. Even the walk was spot-on! - You say, getting Ian’s attention. Julia agrees and Ian laughs at that, jokingly looking like he has given up on the two of you. - You two couldn't understand uniqueness even if I hit you on the head with it - He says, pretending to be disappointed, then adds - This division is definitely the shadiest one, if you ask me. Given what you just saw, you can’t exactly disagree with him. The Diplomats start making their way out of the building, except for Elya. He bids them a quick farewell and goes back to the stage in order to announce the second division to be presented. He raises his left hand to ask for silence and, once more, people immediately abide. - For the next introduction, I’d like to ask you to follow me to the garden. They come in larger numbers - Elya says. [[Continue|Passagem 127]] <><<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<audio "Diplomats" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "fancy_musica" loop play>><</if>> <<set $Warm +=1>><>

You can't think of anything to say to him, the impersonation was spot-on. Julia laughs at Ian's childish reaction, while the latter manages to calm down by himself. - You couldn't understand uniqueness even if I hit you on the head with it - he says, disappointed, then adds - This division is definitely the shadiest one, though, if you ask me. Given what you just saw, you can’t exactly disagree with him. The Diplomats start making their way out of the building, except for Elya. He bids them a quick farewell and goes back to the stage in order to announce the second division to be presented. He raises his left hand to ask for silence and, once more, people immediately abide. - For the next introduction, I’d like to ask you to follow me to the garden. They come in larger numbers - Elya says. [[Continue|Passagem 127]] <><<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<audio "Diplomats" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "fancy_musica" loop play>><</if>> <<set $Cold +=1>><>

All of you stand up and, slowly, make your way to the garden right outside of the building. This new area has several flowers, mostly sunflowers, surrounding a wide stone walkway that leads to an open area with several white garden chairs, set in horizontal lines. In front of them there’s yet another smaller stage, with three delicate, more sophisticated garden chairs on it. The illumination is almost solely made by string lights, crossed in a way to form a simple flower design on top of your heads. Once again, you, Ian and Julia sit close to the front. Once everyone is settled, Elya sits on one of the charming chairs on the stage and doesn’t say a word. The confusion in your faces doesn’t get the chance to remain for more than a few seconds since, soon, you start hearing heavy footsteps that sound rhythmically paced. [[Continue|Passagem 128]]

- Protectors - A melodic, strong and female voice says. - WE SHALL RISE - an unisson of several voices responds. As you hear that, a wind blow whistles among you. A few shadows appear around the garden, like ghosts. The atmosphere is now so imposing that you have trouble keeping your breathing steady. From the distance, you see around 200 people approaching. They wear a skin tight one piece black suit, with seagreen details in the shape of small flowery branches over the thighs and chest. They also wear a black cape with tiny silver details at the bottom that form sharp arrows pointing upwards. On their dominant hand, they carry a silver medium-sized hoop. But those do not look sharp at all. [[Continue|Passagem 129]] <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<audio "fancy_musica" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "Protectors" loop play>><</if>>

There is a woman in the front, clearly the leader. The hoop she carries is golden, so are the details on her cape and, also, her skin. It’s a dark brown tone that seems to shine as she moves. In contrast to the others, her cape is held together by a fancy chain with a locket over her right arm, making its movements more fluid and gracious. Her eyes are a perfect mix of brown and orange, her long curly hair floats as she walks. For a second, you could swear you saw sunshine coming from her, even at night. The Protectors finally finish approaching the area where all of you are sitting. The woman greets Elya cordially and then turns to face the crowd, a smile appearing on her full lips. Her presence is magnificent. - She is… - You stop, unable to complete the sentence. [["Beautiful"|Passagem 130]] [["Awesome"|Passagem 131]] [["Not bad"|Passagem 132]]

- Beautiful - Ian finishes for you, smiling at your loss of words - She is indeed. The woman doesn’t climb the small step to the stage in the garden, instead, she remains leveled with all of you. - Hello, I am Joana and I go by she. I am the leader of The Protectors - She says. The Protectors relax behind her, but not by much. - Welcome back, my fellow Y. - she says, looking at the guests - It’s always a joy to encounter all of you again. In essence, each soul is one, only, and the same, no matter its current state of embodiment. [[Continue|Passagem 134]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

- Awesome - Ian finishes for you, smiling at your loss of words - She is indeed. The woman doesn’t climb the small step to the stage in the garden, instead, she remains leveled with all of you. - Hello, I am Joana and I go by she. I am the leader of The Protectors - She says. The Protectors relax behind her, but not by much. - Welcome back, my fellow Y. - she says, looking at the guests - It’s always a joy to encounter all of you again. In essence, each soul is one, only, and the same, no matter its current state of embodiment. [[Continue|Passagem 134]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

- Not bad at all... - You say, finding the words you were looking for to express yourself. - "Not bad at all", $Pronoun say<<s>>. Wow, I never thought someone would ever describe her like that - Ian says, looking intrigued - You must have risen your standards astronomically on Earth, somehow - He adds. You shrug. The woman doesn’t climb the small step to the stage in the garden, instead, she remains leveled with all of you. - Hello, I am Joana and I go by she. I am the leader of The Protectors - She says. The Protectors relax behind her, but not by much. - Welcome back, my fellow Y. - she says, looking at the guests - It’s always a joy to encounter all of you again. In essence, each soul is one, only, and the same, no matter its current state of embodiment. [[Continue|Passagem 134]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

Joana studies the garden and some of the faces she sees, her facial expression blank, not letting it be known whether she has any particular feelings about either. She resumes: - As a Protector, you will receive training aimed to control and own your negative emotions. You’ll also be able to form shields resistant to any kind of attack humans are capable of performing. Together, with other units from around the world, we should be enough to even cover the totality of Earth pretty soon, if that ever came to be necessary. Unfortunately, you’ll also learn a few offensive tactics that may be necessary in Earth’s current development stage. None of them will involve killing, torture or permanent damage to anyone, however. [[Continue|Passagem 135]]

She sighs, looking sad that this is still necessary. That one sentiment is an emotion she allows herself to show, and you realize: nothing The Protector’s leader does comes off as unintentional or accidental to you. Joana’s eyes look even brighter the next time she speaks: - Not only that, but you will also learn to read and care for people. Protectors are devoted, we reign in the shadows. If what you want is glory, The Protectors isn’t the division for you. I assure you, though, that as soon as you join, if you decide to do so, I’ll be ready to die countless times to protect every single one of you. The sincerity and weight of her words, combined with her deep, sweet voice leaves everyone speechless. Not even a single whisper to be heard. You realize some people got emotional listening to her. At this, Joana soften her features and says: - Oh, I can be a little intense sometimes - she laughs, and it’s of such genuinity it makes her look adorable - We have a lot of fun as well! [[Continue|Passagem 136]]

The Protectors on the back laugh, one of them comes to pet her in the shoulder, as a supportive gesture. That eases up the emotional atmosphere that was created a few minutes ago. - Look at me, frightening you. I didn’t even tell you the nicest part yet! - Joana says, whistling very loudly in between the sentences, and continues: - Each of the protectors also train with an affinity animal. [[Continue|Passagem 137]]

As soon as she finishes her sentence, a loud eagle scream is heard in the distance. A few moments later, a huge eagle descends from the sky. It is larger than Joana herself and it lands away from the crowd, being clearly careful not to hurt anyone. The feathers of its body matches Joana’s skin tone and its eyes are also exactly the same orange-brown as hers. The feathers on its head, however, are white. As an ornament, two lines made of orange light mark its forehead where one’s eyebrows would be, pointing downwards. - Her name is Naímia. We’ve been bonded for five lives now. - Joana says, caressing Naímia’s head - When you create a bond with an affinity animal, you protect each other and you’ll never be alone. That’s essentially what we stand for, as Protectors. If you decide to choose us, we’ll be excited to have you, and you won’t be alone, ever again. Thank you! - She concludes. Elya looks very proud of Joana’s speech, and you would guess that’s how everyone feels. - PROTECTORS - Joana says, with the same intonation she used to summon them earlier. - We shall rise again tomorrow - They respond, in another unisson. [[Continue|Passagem 138]] <<if $audio>><<audio "Naímia" volume 0.5 play>><</if>>

After that, The Protectors leave rather quickly. Joana gives Naímia her golden hoop and, at that, Naímia rubs her head against Joana’s side one more time, earning a smile and a pat before flying away. Joana, now, proceeds to sit beside Elya, looking peaceful. As everyone is still amazed by The Protectors, Elya takes advantage of the good mood in the room to introduce the last of the three divisions. - Our dear guests, finally, it’s with pleasure that I introduce to you the last of the three divisions: The Artists. [[Continue|Passagem 139]] <<if $audio>><<audio "Naímia" volume 0.5 play>><</if>> <<audio "Protectors" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "fancy_musica" loop play>><</if>>

Silence falls heavily over the garden, until a peculiar melody starts playing. It has a very pleasant feeling to it and, along with it, several butterflies fill the room as if appearing out of thin air. They have bright wings of several colors and fly fluidly, beautifully, looking like someone’s planned masterpiece. Beautiful vocals join the melody that you’re hearing in such perfect harmony that you think this might just be what you hear when entering heaven. Some blades of grass, surprisingly, take the shape of tiny people running around, playing and laughing. One of them jump on your lap and, when it doesn’t go away, you offer it your pinky. They take it, mimic a handshake, climb your arm quickly and kiss your cheek. You laugh out loud. [[Continue|Passagem 140]] <<audio "fancy_musica" stop>> <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "Artists" volume 0.5 loop play>><</if>><</if>>

As The Artists get closer to the garden, the colors around them are evident, bright and exciting. If you had any doubt about what an aura could look like before, now you don’t. Each one of them is very unique. You are delighted by what’s happening to your senses. - I don’t think I’ve ever seen anything quite this beautiful before… especially the butterflies - You say, looking at Julia and Ian. While Julia is too entertained by her surroundings to notice your comment, Ian looks at you, profoundly fondly. - What is it? - You ask, confused. - You like the butterflies? - He asks, unable to hide a wide smile. - Yes… that’s what I just said. Don’t you? - You ask. [[Continue|Passagem 141]]

Ian puts his hands together and comes even closer to you, as if trying to see something in your eyes. - What are you… - You ask, leaning back and trying to get away from his incisive gaze. - Shush! I got it! - He says. He proceeds to concentrate, then opens his hands and, much to your surprise, a butterfly with $EyeColor wings, the exact same color of your eyes, comes out of it. - How did you even do that, Ian? Isn’t that a little advanced for us? - You ask, delighted. - I am… a special case - Ian smiles at you and gets up. Then, he joins the other artists. - Hello, I’m Ian and I go by he. I’m the leader of The Artists - He says to the crowd. Everyone looks welcoming and pleased. You are left dumbfounded. All this time, you thought Ian was just like you, in the same mission. That isn’t the case. Now that you think of it, you notice that he has never lied to you about being in the same situation you are, but also never contradicted you whenever you assumed so. You feel… [[Surprised, in a good way|Passagem 142]] [[Surprised, in a bad way|Passagem 143]] [[Neutral|Passagem 144]]

You ponder that, with the amount of information he knows and self-control he has shown, you should have assumed something was off about both of you being on the same side of the mission sooner. You also assume that he must have had his reasons not to be upfront about it with you. Regardless, it's a very interesting fact to learn about him. You try to focus on his speech: - Art is one of the only elements that is present in any world, no matter how primitive or evolved it is. - Ian continues, in a serious tone - It manifests in several ways and, if you choose to join The Artists, your main goal along with us is going to be expressing yourself in your preferred art form, in a way both humans and The Y can relate, understand and, ultimately, connect. [[Continue|Passagem 145]] <<set $IanRoute += 1>>

You can't help but feel slighly disappointed. He was lying to you by omission all along, after all. You try to focus on his speech, regardless: - Art is one of the only elements that is present in any world, no matter how primitive or evolved it is. - Ian continues, in a serious tone - It manifests in several ways and, if you choose to join The Artists, your main goal along with us is going to be expressing yourself in your preferred art form, in a way both humans and The Y can relate, understand and, ultimately, connect. [[Continue|Passagem 145]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

You're not surprised at all to learn that he has been keeping something from you. It sounds like something he would do, even if you've only known him for a few days, technically. You try to focus on his speech: - Art is one of the only elements that is present in any world, no matter how primitive or evolved it is. - Ian continues, in a serious tone - It manifests in several ways and, if you choose to join The Artists, your main goal along with us is going to be expressing yourself in your preferred art form, in a way both humans and The Y can relate, understand and, ultimately, connect. [[Continue|Passagem 145]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

Ian starts walking around, the artist unbuttons his coat, making it flow with the light wind blowing. Suddenly, the birds that were sewed on it detach themselves from his coat and start flying around, showcasing beautiful silver feathers, instead of the previously white ones. Ian continues: - We will present you with the possibility of learning how to bend reality in a creative, harmless way. Depending on your kind of art, you’ll learn how to access different elements of making music or dancing that are still unknown to humanity. Paintings can be made in a way none of you remember yet, unfortunately. But, if that’s your craft, we will help you to remember. We will do our best to inspire you, follow your development closely and, finally, welcome you to our family - Ian says. [[Continue|Passagem 146]]

You see quite a few excited faces but, before you can comment anything with Julia, the birds from Ian’s coat head towards Elya aggressively, all at once. One manages to hit him on the head, returning to its sewed state on Ian’s coat. The others, however, are kept away by a small light shield made by Elya. - And also, art can be quite fun - Ian says, laughing out loud. Everyone seems to be suppressing their own laughter out of respect. Some people can’t help but snort and let their laughter out. Poor Elya. - How many lives will it take for you to stop being vindictive, Ian? - Elya says, looking dangerously calm. - Many lives, my dear, many lives. - Ian answers. You see a smile in the corner of Elya’s mouth. “What a weird relationship these two have” - you think. - So, that's it. Oh! I almost forgot the most important part: if you choose to join The Artists, you’ll see my pretty face rather often! - Ian winks at the crowd. [[Continue|Passagem 147]]

Everyone laughs. The mood is feather light when The Artists slowly take their leave, nodding to Ian as they go. Joana rises from her seat and, nodding to both Ian and Elya, calls everybody’s attention: - Well, now we have only one more thing to ask from you tonight. We can’t ignore the power of intuition for incarnated beings such as yourselves. Oftentimes, that’s how one manifests old memories and knowledge. Because of that, if you can, we would like to ask you to already pick the division you want to be a part of. Seeing the overall reaction to those words, Joana smiles reassuringly: - I know it might feel like we’re putting you on the spot, but you won’t have a lot of time to think, anyways. Sometimes you have to trust your gut, your heart. - Her orange-brown eyes glint - So, if any of you are ready, come to the front and choose your division, one by one. We’ll give you our blessings and you’ll have some extra time to adjust for what’s to come. [[Continue|Passagem 148]] <<audio "Artists" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "main_musica" volume 0.6 fadein loop>><</if>>

A deafening silence takes over the room, once again. Julia is the first one to move. She gives you a side hug and wishes you good luck. She walks the stone walkway and raises to the small stage, walking to the leaders. She chooses The Protectors. At that, Joana rises from her seat, approaching Julia. She presses her forehead against Julia’s and welcomes her. A small light shines briefly between them, sealing Julia’s choice. A few others start standing up, one by one, repeating that same process with different mentors. The guests are spread pretty evenly between the divisions, which doesn’t make it any easier for you to choose. [[Continue|Passagem 149]]

You remember Joana’s words, “Trust your gut, your heart”, and stand up. There are still quite a few people left, pondering their choice. As you make way to the stage slowly, you notice Elya shifting on his chair. He seems nervous, almost anxious. Ian, for one, doesn’t have any of his usual smugness on his face. He looks rather serious and, if you were able to look closely enough, also hopeful. Joana looks at you approaching them and, for the first time, sees you. She straightens her posture and looks at you kindly, yet determined. If eyes could perform actions by themselves, Joana’s eyes would have already swept you off your feet and dropped you straight in her division. Now, what does your heart say, $FirstName? [[The Diplomats|Elya]] [[The Protectors|Joana]] [[The Artists|Ian]] You don’t want to take part in this (this option will be available in the next update) <<set $StorySummary to 0>>

<img src="Ending one text.png" class="centerC"/> <img src="Ending one art.png" class="centerC"/> *You can now see extra information on the sidebar. <<set $Extra to 1>> Thank you for reading! Stay hydrated! Lou

Please select a hair color: [[Brown|Character Creation][$HairColor to "brown"]] [[Black|Character Creation][$HairColor to "black"]] [[Blonde|Character Creation][$HairColor to "blonde"]] [[White|Character Creation][$HairColor to "white"]] [[Red|Character Creation][$HairColor to "red"]] [[Purple|Character Creation][$HairColor to "purple"]] [[Blue|Character Creation][$HairColor to "blue"]] [[Gray|Character Creation][$HairColor to "gray"]]

Please select a hair length: [[Long|Character Creation][$HairLength to "long"]] [[Short|Character Creation][$HairLength to "short"]] [[medium-length|Character Creation][$HairLength to "medium-length"]] [[Assimetrically cut|Character Creation][$HairLength to "assimetrically cut"]]

Please select a hair type: [[Straight|Character Creation][$HairType to "straight"]] [[Wavy|Character Creation][$HairType to "wavy"]] [[Curly|Character Creation][$HairType to "curly"]] [[Very curly|Character Creation][$HairType to "very curly"]] [[Kinky|Character Creation][$HairType to "kinky"]] [[Coily|Character Creation][$HairType to "coily"]] *extra [[Braided|Character Creation][$HairType to "braided"]]

<img src="Credits.png" class="centerC"/> Audio assets DirtyJewbs - Limbo (Ascendunt) szegvari- Dark Temple Monk Ambiance (Prohibere) Jedo - Deep Dark ambient pad (tense music) Migfus20 - Jazz background music loop (event ambience) Robinhood76 - Other side of light ambiance (Artists theme) joshuaempyre - Epic Orchestra (The Protectors theme) FoolBoyMedia - Floating In The Midnight Breeze (The Diplomats theme) River Small - No Copyright Sound Effects - Audio Library Free Sound Effects - Nature Sounds Forest - BurghRecords Whisper - Erdie (Freesound.org) Broken village - Feliyan Studios Wolf Howling sound effect no copyright | wolf howl | coyote howl audio - Nagaty Studio - Sound Effects Tiger Roar sound effect no copyright | Tiger sounds | tiger growling sound | HQ - Nagaty Studio - Sound Effects Wolf Growling sound effect no copyright | wolf howl | coyote howl audio | HQ - Nagaty Studio - Sound Effects Snake Hissing sound effect no copyright | snake noise | Snake sounds | HQ - Nagaty Studio - Sound Effects Graphic assets Main icon (base) - Abstract face by Olena Panasovska from the Noun Project Artists profile - Mandala Pattern Brown Gold Edition - Eva Rahman Diplomats profile - Luxury Mandala Background With Golden Arabesque Pattern Arabic Islamic East Style - Shuvo Extra Menu- Elengant Gold Mandala Pattern - Ezrielmch Sidebar - Luxury Mandala Background With Golden Arabesque Pattern Arabic Islamic East Style - Shuvo Rose vector - Hand Drawn Golden Line Flower - 吧唧 <<back>>

<<set $audio to true>>

<<if $CharProfile==1>> [[Character profile]] <</if>> <<if $DivProfileD==1>> [[Division Profile|Diplomats]] <</if>> <<if $DivProfileA==1>> [[Division Profile|Artists]] <</if>> <<if $DivProfileP==1>> [[Division Profile|Protectors]] <</if>> <<if $Extra==1>> [[Extra]] <</if>> <<if $Credits==1>> [[Credits]] <</if>>

<img src="Character.png" class="centerC"/> Name: $FirstName $LastName You go by: $Pronoun Stature: $Height Physical traits: Beautiful $SkinColor skin, gorgeous $EyeColor eyes and healthy, $HairType, $HairLength $HairColor hair. Story's summary: <<if $StorySummary!=1>>This feature is locked!<<else>> There are different planes of existence and every planet is inhabited in a way, be it physically, spiritually or something in-between. Furthermore, every living being is essentially a spirit who incarnates several times, in more than one planet, in order to learn and evolve. Under these premises, humanity has finally reached a point spiritually in which alien civilizations can make contact and share their knowledge and abilities with us. The Y, higher spirits from Jupiter, are the first extraterrestrial beings to make themselves known. Right upon arrival, they end the metaphysical discussion of whether or not there is life after death by informing us that reincarnation is real and plays a major role in the evolution of beings and planets. As a matter of fact, they let a selection of people know that a lot of them incarnated as humans on Earth years prior to their revelation now, in order to help to guide humanity to a new evolutionary level. These incarnated Y's are known in their society as "bridges". You are a bridge, but the memories of your past lives come slow, due to a setback. Now, your choices will define whether you succeed or fail in a quest that you don’t even remember signing up for in the first place.<</if>> <<back>> <<run UIBar.stow()>>

<img src="Diplomats.png" class="centerC"/> Diplomat: $FirstName $LastName Diplomatic approach: <><<if $DiplomaticApproach=="You haven't discovered it yet.">>You haven't discovered it yet.<<else>><<print ucfirst($DiplomaticApproach)>><</if>><> Training status: <><<if $TrainingDiplomat!='none'>> $TrainingDiplomat<<else>>Neutral good.<</if>><> Mission status: <><<if $MissionDiplomat!='none'>> $MissionDiplomat<<else>>Nothing to see here.<</if>><> <<back>> <<run UIBar.stow()>>

<img src="Artists.png" class="centerC"/> Artist: $FirstName $LastName Artistic inclination: <><<if $UpdateArtisticInc==1>> Pluralis<<else>>You haven't discovered it yet<</if>><> Training status: <><<if $TrainingArtist=="none">>Neutral good.<<else>>$TrainingArtist<</if>><> Mission status: <><<if $MissionArtist=="none">> Nothing to see here.<<else>>$MissionArtist<</if>><> <<back>> <<run UIBar.stow()>>

<img src="Protectors.png" class="centerC"/> Protector: $FirstName $LastName Affinity Animal: <><<if $UpdateAnimal==1>> $AnimalName, a $AffinityAnimal that goes by $PronounAnimal<<else>>You haven't discovered it yet<</if>><> Training status: <><<if $TrainingProtector!="none">> $TrainingProtector<<else>>Neutral good.<</if>><> Mission status: <><<if $MissionProtector!="none">> $MissionProtector<<else>>Nothing to see here.<</if>><> <<back>> <<run UIBar.stow()>>

<img src="extra.png" class="centerC"/> [[The Divisions]] [[Flowers]] [[Auras]] [[Affinity Animals|Afin]] <<back>> <<run UIBar.stow()>>

<img src="TD extra.png" class="centerC"/> “Divide and conquer.”- Julius Caesar. Divisions are how The Y organize and coordinate their society member’s roles to make sure everything functions properly and harmoniously, both in Jupiter and in interplanetary missions. How it works: An individual has a certain affinity, say, they are very interested in biology. In that case, they will probably choose The Scientists as their division. Within that division there will be units, that are basically smaller groups of people either working on a specific mission, or on a specialized matter within that general area’s topics. For instance, under The Scientists, you will find Biology, Mathematics, Chemistry and Physics-specialized units, among many others. That person, then, can fluctuate easily among all of that division’s units if they wish to, or stay in the same unit for as long as they like, becoming more specialized. The perks: It’s a very flexible system. Once an individual is in a division, it’s very easy for them to work with its different units, almost whenever they want. The Y have realized that that keeps them motivated and makes them evolve faster. The setbacks: Changing one’s division is not as easy as them changing units within a division. One would have to prove actual growth(not change) of affinity to do that. Some divisions also end up having more people than others here and there, but that’s manageable with interplanetary or intergalatic population exchange, which is yet another topic. The Divisions in Ascendance Ascendance takes place in the first contact between two different civilizations of beings and, therefore, the divisions that recruit the players are in-mission and directly related to first-contact purposes and conflict management. They are: The Diplomats - Civilian-oriented units Units of The Diplomats division (specialized in civilians) receive training aimed towards successfully talking to people and influential public personas. Their goal is to make the contact between The Y and humans more frictionless across the world. The Protectors Units under The Protectors division are the only ones to receive offensive training, created solely for contact with less-developed civilizations. The protectors help The Y to stand their ground in other planets. They also help to ensure that instructions from higher spirits are properly followed. Killing or purposefully causing emotional/psychological damage are not methods used by The Protectors. The Artists The Y believe that art in all of its forms is a primary form of connection, capable of overcoming any barriers. In that sense, units under The Artists division are responsible for introducing humanity to how the different forms of art manifest in Jupiter, delighting us and, hopefully, bringing both humans and The Y closer. There is one particular unit acting on Earth for years prior to Ascendance happening, that you won’t be able to be part of: The Diplomats - Politics-oriented units The politics-oriented units under The Diplomats division are made of only the more evolved and powerful of The Y, given the sensibility and importance of this contact. They have been in contact with governments from across the world for at least ten years prior to the revelation of The Y to civilians and are trained to make sure no war or ill-intentioned revolution breaks out. <<back>> <<run UIBar.stow()>>

Please select a height range: [[Below 1,6m|Character Creation][$Height to "short"]] [[Between 1,6m and 1,7m (5'2" to 5'6")|Character Creation][$Height to "average"]] [[Between 1,7m and 1,8m (5'6" to 5'9")|Character Creation][$Height to "tall-ish"]] [[Between 1,8m and 1,9m (5'9" to 6'2")|Character Creation][$Height to "tall"]] [[Above 1,9m|Character Creation][$Height to "very tall"]]

<img src="IanRouteArt.png" class="centerC"/><<notify 4s>>Division profile unlocked!<</notify>> You find yourself moving instinctively, as if invisible strings were guiding you towards a certainty your conscious mind is incapable of having. You rise to the small stage and can’t even feel your own steps in the process. Time seems to slow down for a few seconds. - I choose The Artists. - You say at once. Your voice sounds so firm and steady it surprises even you. Ian looks at you from his seat, absolutely delighted and...surprised, despite all of his apparently inherent confidence. The atmosphere of the garden shifts to something ethereal, delicate. He uncrosses his legs calmly, looking at Elya and Joana with the teasing smile of someone who’s just won a competition, but without any actual malice. Now, that looks like him. [[Continue |I1]] <<set $DivProfileA to 1>> <<set $Division to "Artists">>

<img src="ElyaRouteArt.png" class="centerC"/><<notify 4s>>Division profile unlocked!<</notify>> You find yourself moving instinctively, as if invisible strings were guiding you towards a certainty your conscious mind is incapable of having. You rise to the small stage and can’t even feel your own steps in the process. Time seems to slow down for a few seconds. - I choose The Diplomats. - You say at once. Your voice sounds so firm and steady it surprises even you. The air around the stage changes, immediately turning into something lighter, sweeter. Elya smiles at you, and it’s the kind of smile someone who doesn’t believe their luck would have on their faces. Both Ian and Joana also give you a genuine smile. They seem happy and at ease with your choice. [[Continue|E1]] <<set $DivProfileD to 1>> <<set $Division to "Diplomats">>

<img src="JoanaRouteArt.png" class="centerC"/><<notify 4s>>Division profile unlocked!<</notify>> You find yourself moving instinctively, as if invisible strings were guiding you towards a certainty your conscious mind is incapable of having. You rise to the small stage and can’t even feel your own steps in the process. Time seems to slow down for a few seconds. - I choose The Protectors. - You say at once. Your voice sounds so firm and steady it surprises even you. The air around the stage changes, immediately turning into something stronger, more intense. The temperature rises so suddenly that you feel as if actual sunlight was touching your skin for a moment. Joana smiles at you, the determination she had in her eyes when you first approached melts into pure tenderness. Both Ian and Elya also give you a genuine smile. They seem happy and at ease with your choice. [[Continue|J1]] <<set $DivProfileP to 1>> <<set $Division to "Protectors">>

<img src="JF extra.png" class="centerC"/> Jupiterian flowers are semi-physical: they have shape, peculiarities and smeel, but are born from non-physical factors, such as the predominant emotions or thoughts of a certain area or a given person. Yédy Yédys are blue flowers with delicate red spots on its petals. It only blossoms at night and, when it does, it spins. It smells somewhat lemony. You will only find yédis in places where people are starting something new or thinking about doing so. A lot of The Y take the birth of a yédy as a sign that a project is going to succeed. Yunzýa Yunzýas are orange-and-yellow flowers with an one-foot stem and curled leaves. They will shine twice whenever the cause of their birth is closeby (or all the time, if they were born in a general area). In contrast to their sweet smell and welcoming appearance, yunzýas are the flowers of regret. If people experience regret often in a given place or if someone experiences it constantly by themselves, it's guaranteed that you'll find a yunzýa around. Oenpôes Oenpôes are smalll violet circular buds that never blossom, but always move, as if threatening to do so. They smell ambrosial and fruity and, sometimes, let out a quick high-pitched noise. Oenpôes can be found in places where people are excited, but also anxious. Behind the stage of any artistic presentation, for instance, you'll likely find several of those. They always appear in groups, but cease to exist in around 10 minutes if the feeling that brought them to life goes away. <<back>>

<img src="A extra.png" class="centerC"/> The concept of auras is actually very broad and diverse. The general definition that you can find on wikipedia is abbreviated by me as follows: “According to spiritual beliefs, an aura or human energy field is a colored emanation said to enclose a human body or any animal or object. Psychics and holistic medicine practitioners often claim to have the ability to see the size, color and type of vibration of an aura.” This covers the general idea, and it’s probably one that you are familiar with already. However, here are some specificities of auras that apply to Ascendance: (1) An aura is an energetic manifestation of one’s feelings, thoughts, powers and peculiarities. They can be bigger or smaller, brighter or darker, more imponent or modest depending on the individual. (2) Auras are dynamic, and some aspects of them change several times a day (exactly like one’s feelings and thoughts also change several times a day). (3) Every aura is unique, but this fact is analogous to everyone’s faces being unique. It doesn’t mean that you won’t forget an aura or mistake one with another, now and then. (4) Spirits have auras as well, since it essentially belongs to their plane. It’s, in fact, the primary source of communication for them, since they don’t have any physical means to communicate. (5) Seeing any aura requires focus. Interpreting what you see correctly requires study and practice (and maybe a little bit of talent as well, but it only helps a little, really). It is possible to read someone’s thoughts from their aura, but it’s quite difficult. (6) One can not see everyone’s aura, all the time. Well, one technically could, but It would be extremely overwhelming. They would be able to draw nothing of value from it and it could drive them insane. <<back>>

<<widget "are">><<switch $plural>><<case true>>are<<case false>>is<</switch>><</widget>> <<widget "were">><<switch $plural>><<case true>>were<<case false>>was<</switch>><</widget>> <<widget "s">><<switch $plural>><<case true>><<case false>>s<</switch>><</widget>> <<widget "aren">><<switch $plural2>><<case true>>are<<case false>>is<</switch>><</widget>> <<widget "weren">><<switch $plural2>><<case true>>were<<case false>>was<</switch>><</widget>> <<widget "es">><<switch $plural2>><<case true>><<case false>>s<</switch>><</widget>>

Both Elya and Joana shake their heads simultaneously, unintentionally creating a rather humorous scene. But then, they give both you and Ian a genuine smile. They seem happy and at ease with your choice. When Ian rises from his chair to seal your choice, he no longer has smugness on his face. His deep, dark eyes are focused on you, sincerely. There’s also a mystery in them that you can’t seem to recognize the source of, but it’s engaging and, for a second, you’re afraid the darkness of those eyes will pull you into something unknown. When he gets close enough to you, you feel his presence grow to its full glory for the first time. You would think that, given his personality, Ian would feel like excitement, adventure and maybe even a little bit of danger. [[Continue |I2]]

Surprisingly, Ian’s body irradiates comfort, harmony and beauty. Even the dragon tattooed around his left eye looks delicate, yet powerful: an invitation for you to look closer. He smiles at your reaction. Of course you wouldn’t remember what his presence feels like from up close. He stops a few inches away from you and <><<if $Height=="tall">>looks up<<elseif $Height=="very tall">>looks up<<else>>bends down slightly<</if>><>. Then, he proceeds to cup your face. Long, carefully painted nails caressing your cheeks. He tilts your face <><<if $Height=="tall">>down<<elseif $Height=="very tall">>down<<else>>up<</if>><>, to make eye contact. - $FirstName... - He says. His voice is soft, almost a whisper. He looks at every feature of your face as if he’s trying to memorize them - Welcome, my dear. I’ve been waiting for you for a long time. - He finishes his sentence and smiles, looking very pleased. You can’t help but smile as well. [[Continue |I3]]

He, then, proceeds to press his forehead against yours, closing his eyes. A few strands of his hair fall on his face in the way, but he doesn’t seem to care. When you close your eyes as well to seal your choice, you can feel it. A very warm, soothing sensation starts from your stomach and spreads to your whole body. Even with your eyelids closed, you can see different shades of colors in them. There’s violet, turquoise, silver, golden... then black. And it’s done. You secretly wish you could experience that feeling for a little longer, but you know that’s not an option. People applaud the display and, before you leave to join the other members that have chosen The Artists division, Ian caresses your wrist lightly, very quickly. It’s a brief moment, but it feels lasting. [[Continue |I4]]

You don’t pay it any mind, but you were observant enough to know that he hasn’t done that with the other members so far. The gesture in itself feels meaningful, but you can’t put a finger on why. Your lack of memories is starting to frustrate you intimately. As you walk to join the other members, you shake that feeling off. “It’s not the time, nor the place.” - You think, comforting yourself. When you raise your gaze to keep watching the remaining guests choose their division, you notice that Ian has been looking at you since you parted. He offers you a sympathetic smile, as if he could sense your frustration. For all you know, maybe he actually can. [[Continue |I5]]

He quickly turns his attention back to the people who are approaching and, one by one, most of the crowd gets split into three groups. Some people, however, simply announce that they are either leaving to think it through or abstaining from taking any part in this. That aside, the amount of people left looks pretty evenly spread to you, even though The Protectors seem to outnumber the other divisions by a few people. - Well! - Elya says, standing up and getting people’s attention - I consider this a success! You can take your leave whenever you want now, and we’ll contact you soon enough with the details for the next step! Joana also rises from her seat, the atmosphere in the garden changes again to something firmer, but light. She smiles sincerely: - I couldn’t be happier. Welcome again! Our journey together starts now. - She says. Ian, slowly, also stands up. His coat flying lightly with the wind. - Welcome, indeed! I hope the adventure you’ll have is worth all of you selling your souls to us just now. - He says, seriously. [[Continue |I6]]

There’s a moment of silence in the crowd. You’re a little startled yourself. Not long after, however, laughter is heard from several of the guests. Ian smiles. - Aw, come on. You guys remember too much already! - He says, pretending to be defeated while smiling. Then, he puts on a more sincere expression - Now truly, welcome! With that, most of you start taking your leave for the night. Cora passes by you and lets you know that the driver is already waiting for you at the entrance, whenever. You think about talking to Ian before leaving but, just like the other leaders, he’s overwhelmingly surrounded by curious new members of the division. [[You push through the crowd to say goodbye]] [[You wave from afar. He seems overwhelmed enough]]

You start pushing through the small crowd to be able to talk to him. The task, however, starts presenting itself to be more challenging than you foresaw. Being quite tired already, you sigh defeated. It's probably better to just wave him goodbye for now, you'll have other opportunities to talk. You proceed to wave at him with a smile. Ian sees you, raises an eyebrow and smiles. He raises one hand gesturing for you to wait a moment. Then, with the fluidity analogous to that of an experienced dancer, Ian excuses himself and makes his way to you effortlessly among the curious stares. His expression mocking offense when you see him getting closer. [[Continue |I7]] <<set $IanRoute += 1>>

Not wanting to make his situation even tougher, you wave him goodbye from afar. Ian sees you, raises an eyebrow and smiles. He, then, raises one hand gesturing for you to wait for a moment. Then, with the fluidity analogous to that of an experienced dancer, Ian excuses himself and makes his way to you effortlessly among the curious stares. His expression mocking offense when you see him getting closer. [[Continue |I7]]

- I can’t believe you were just going to wave at me and leave. What am I, a stranger’s child? - He says, unable to hide a growing smile. - Sorry, you seemed busy enough! - You laugh - And we’ll see each other soon! - My dear… - Ian says, exasperatedly - You really don’t know the likes of good leadership, do you?! Anyways, I just really came to say goodbye, and to wish that you will rest well tonight. - Thank you, you too! And good luck with them! - You say, teasingly smiling and looking at the several people waiting for Ian to return. [[Continue |I8]]

Ian looks at them, then at you. He laughs lightly, turning his back to you and waving a hand. - I got it! Good night, my l... $FirstName! - He says, and you can see his back tensing up slightly. - Good night! - You answer, choosing to ignore his odd behavior. As you make your way to the exit to go home, you can still hear Ian’s fond laughter in the background while walking and talking to himself. His back also turned to you. “<<print ucfirst($Pronoun)>> waved at me. The absolute nerve…” [[Continue |Chapter 4]]

<img src="Chapter four.png" class="centerC"/><<notify 7s>>Story's summary unlocked [Check the character profile]!<</notify>> A few days go by after you’ve chosen to be part of The $Division division. When it comes to the arrival of The Y, some big cities have been having popular conflicts against the lack of action from the governments to stand humanity’s ground against The Y, if it comes to be necessary. “People need to know if they’re safe. We need to be sure that we aren’t being simply dominated by them.” - You hear a blonde girl with planet Earth painted on her face say to a reporter on tv. Despite that, those protests don’t ever seem to last for too long. The government itself, surprisingly quickly, remedy these situations by using diplomatic speeches, security personnel and even taking financial measures, when it applies. Some people do claim to have seen people with abnormally bright eyes acting in the interventions cited above but, since there’s no actual evidence of such, those claims are taken as rumors for now. [[Continue|G1]] *Chapter four is a common chapter, if you've played it once, <><<if $Division=="Protectors">>[[ click here to skip.|J12]]<<elseif $Division=="Artists">>[[ click here to skip.|I9]]<<else>>[[ click here to skip.|E13]]<</if>><> <<set $StorySummary to 1>>

When Elya stands up from his chair to seal your choice, his icy-blue eyes never leave yours. He walks calmly to you, the air carrying his scent and making his long hair flow. He smells clean and fresh, as lavender. As he gets close enough to you, you can consciously feel his presence, in all of its glory, for the first time since you met. Elya feels soothing, reassuring and… very powerful. It's as if a big and wild source of light was properly contained in a beautiful glass dome. He smiles at you sweetly and stops a few inches away from you. From this close, you’re able to see that his eyes aren’t simply icy-blue. There are several tiny silver strings on his irises, and that might just be why they look like small light sources of their own. [[Continue|E2]]

He takes you away from your thoughts by <><<if $Height=="very tall">>looking up<<else>>bending down slightly<</if>><> and proceeding to cup your face, tilting your head <><<if $Height=="very tall">>down<<else>>up<</if>><> to adjust the eye contact you’ve been maintaining. There’s actual light in his eyes when he looks at you now and you realize that, in the end, it isn’t just about the tiny silver strings. - $FirstName... - He says. His voice is soft, almost a whisper. He now looks at every feature of your face as if he’s trying to memorize them - Welcome! I’ve been waiting for you. - He finishes his sentence and smiles, looking delighted. You can’t help but smile at him as well. [[Continue|E3]]

He, then, proceeds to press his forehead against yours, closing his eyes. A few strands of his golden hair threaten to fall on his face in the way, but he pushes them back with ease. When you close your eyes as well to seal your choice, you can feel it. A very warm, soothing sensation starts from your stomach and spreads to your whole body. Even with your eyelids closed, you can see different shades of colors in them. There’s violet, turquoise, silver, golden... then black. And it’s done. You secretly wish you could experience that feeling for a little longer, but you know that’s not an option. [[Continue|E4]]

People applaud the display but, before you can leave to join the other members, Elya holds you close to him for a few more seconds. It’s a brief moment, but it feels lasting. The way he is holding your gaze now completely contradicts the way he averted his eyes when looking at you a few days ago. - Welcome again, truly. - He whispers. You’re confused. The moment in itself feels meaningful, but you can’t put a finger on why. Your lack of memories is starting to frustrate you intimately. You shake that feeling off. “It’s not the time, nor the place.” - You think to yourself. When you raise your gaze to keep watching as the other guests choose their division, you notice that Elya has been looking at you since you parted. [[Continue|E5]]

He offers you a sympathetic smile, as if he could sense your frustration. For all you know, as a diplomat, maybe he actually can. He quickly turns his attention back to the people who are approaching and, one by one, most of the crowd gets split into three distinct groups. Some people, however, simply announce that they are either leaving to think it through or abstaining from taking any part in this. That aside, the amount of people left looks pretty evenly spread to you, even though The Protectors seem to outnumber the other divisions by a few people. [[Continue|E6]]

- Well! - Elya says, standing up and getting people’s attention - I consider this a success! You can take your leave whenever you want now, and we’ll contact you soon enough with the details for the next step! Joana also rises from her seat, the atmosphere in the garden changes again to something firmer, but light. She smiles sincerely: - I couldn’t be happier. Welcome again. Our journey together starts now! - She says. Ian, slowly, also stands up. His coat flying lightly with the wind. - Welcome, indeed! I hope the adventure you’ll have is worth all of you selling your souls to us just now. - He says, seriously. [[Continue|E7]]

There’s a moment of silence in the crowd. You’re a little startled yourself. Not long after, however, laughter is heard from several of the guests. Ian smiles. - Aw, come on. You guys remember too much already! - He says, pretending to be defeated while smiling. Then, he puts on a more sincere expression - Now truly, welcome! With that, most of you start taking your leave for the night. Cora passes by you and lets you know that the driver is already waiting for you at the entrance, whenever. You think about talking to Elya before leaving but, just like the other leaders, he’s overwhelmingly surrounded by curious new members of the division. [[You push through the crowd to say goodbye|E8]] [[You wave from afar. He seems overwhelmed enough|E9]]

You start pushing through the small crowd to be able to talk to him. The task, however, starts presenting itself to be more challenging than you foresaw. Being quite tired already, you sigh defeated. It's probably better to just wave him goodbye for now, you'll have other opportunities to talk. You proceed to wave at him with a smile. Elya sees you, looks surprised for a second, then smiles. He raises one hand, asking for you to wait a moment. Then, he walks towards you as if there wasn’t a single person on his way and, as a matter of fact, there wasn’t. You notice that people instinctively move out of Elya’s way as he walks confidently and effortlessly among the curious stares. He looks very entertained when he gets closer to you. [[Continue|E10]] <<set $ElyaRoute += 1>>

Not wanting to make his situation even tougher, you wave him goodbye from afar. Elya sees you, looks surprised for a second, then smiles. He raises one hand, asking for you to wait a moment. Then, he walks towards you as if there wasn’t a single person on his way and, as a matter of fact, there wasn’t. You notice that people instinctively move out of Elya’s way as he walks confidently and effortlessly among the curious stares. He looks very entertained when he gets closer to you. [[Continue|E10]]

- $FirstName, I see that you’re leaving. I didn’t think being human in this lifetime would make you less of a verbal being. I actually assumed the opposite. - He says, unable to hide a growing smile. - Sorry, you seemed busy enough! - You laugh - And we’ll see each other soon! - Yes, of course! But a good leader sees a group of individuals, not a crowd. In any case, I simply wished to say goodbye, and that I hope you will rest well tonight. - Thank you, you too! And good luck with them! - You answer, smiling and looking at the several people waiting for Elya to return. Elya doesn’t look at them when you say that. Instead, you notice that his eyes are slightly brighter than usual and he is focused on your general area, once again. You remember Ian’s words. [[Continue|E11]]

- Are you doing that thing again? - You ask. - I beg your pardon? - Elya asks, seeming to have been taken by surprise. - Ian told me earlier that he was sure you were… fixing my aura! - You say, trying to remember his exact words. Elya looks at you blankly for a second. Then, for the first time, you hear a somewhat loud, genuine laughter from him that ends up calling the attention of some people nearby. - Indeed, I was harmonizing your aura. It should help you to feel more at ease. I realized that you are under an even more stressful situation than most people here, so I thought it might help. It’s not an invasive procedure, mind you, and I would not read your thoughts or feelings from it without asking. - He replies, slowly going back to his usual self, but with a joyful smile on his lips. [[Continue|E12]]

- Can you do that?? - You ask, surprised. - Yes, and so can you. Just not right now. - He replies, looking at you fondly. Then, he bids you farewell once more before starting to leave to join the people who have been waiting for him to return. As you make your way to the exit to go home, you can furtively hear Elya’s muffled laughter while walking and talking to himself. His back also turned to you. “As if $PossProStart aura would ever need any fixing...” [[Continue|Chapter 4]]

When Joana rises from her chair to seal your choice, her orange-brown eyes never leave yours. She walks to you elegantly, but firmly. It makes you feel like you’re a destination she’s been marching towards for centuries and, now, is finally so very close. The air carries her scent and makes her curly hair dance gracefully. She smells flowery, like Freesia. When she gets close enough to you, you feel her presence grow to its full glory for the first time. Joana feels warm, powerful, relentless and also… sweet and nourishing. If the sun was a living being able to conceive children, Joana would definitely be its first born. She smiles at you sweetly and stops a few inches away from you. From this close, you can see that her eyes are even more impressive than you thought. The orange melts with brown fluidly, and there are also hints of red in them that makes the color pattern look like tiny, moving phoenixs. [[Continue|J2]]

She gives you a moment to get used to her presence, it seems like this happens often to her. Then, she takes you away from your thoughts by <><<if $Height=="short">>bending down slightly<<elseif $Height=="average">>bending down slightly <<else>>looking up<</if>><> and proceeding to cup your face, tilting your head <><<if $Height=="short">>up<<elseif $Height=="average">>up <<else>>down<</if>><> to adjust the eye contact you’ve been maintaining. - $FirstName... - Her melodic voice is soft, almost a whisper. She, now, looks at every feature of your face as if she’s trying to memorize them - Welcome, dearest. I’ve been waiting for you. - She completes her sentence and smiles, looking delighted. You can’t help but smile at her. She, then, presses her forehead against yours, closing her eyes. Her beautiful curly hair <><<if $Height=="short">>descends to the sides<<elseif $Height=="average">>descends to the sides<<else>>embraces the sides<</if>><> of both of your faces, physically shielding you from the external world for a few moments. [[Continue|J3]]

When you close your eyes as well to seal your choice, you can feel it. A very warm, soothing sensation starts from your stomach and spreads to your whole body. Even with your eyelids closed, you can see different shades of colors in them. There’s violet, turquoise, silver, golden... then black. And it’s done. You secretly wish you could experience that feeling for a little longer, but you know that’s not an option. People applaud the display but, before you can leave to join the other members, Joana keeps her hair hiding both of your faces for a few more seconds. It’s a brief moment, but it feels lasting. You instinctively separate your foreheads and your eyes lock once more. The act is completely out of character for you and, yet, it feels natural. - Welcome again, truly. - She whispers. [[Continue|J4]]

The moment in itself feels very meaningful but you can’t put a finger on why. Your lack of memories is starting to frustrate you intimately. You shake that feeling off. “It’s not the time, nor the place.” - You think, comforting yourself and joining the others. When you raise your gaze to keep watching as the other guests choose their division, you notice that Joana has been looking at you since you parted. She offers you a nod and a determined smile. It’s as if she’s sensing your frustration, but agreeing with your intimate thought of dealing with it later. For all you know, as a protector, maybe that’s exactly what she meant by it. [[Continue|J5]]

She quickly turns her attention back to the people who are approaching and, one by one, most of the crowd gets split into three groups. Some people, however, simply announce that they are either leaving to think it through or abstaining from taking any part in this. That aside, the amount of people left looks pretty evenly spread to you, even though The Protectors seem to outnumber the other divisions by a few people. - Well! - Elya says, standing up and getting people’s attention - I consider this a success! You can take your leave whenever you want now, and we’ll contact you soon enough with the details for the next step! Joana also rises from her seat, the atmosphere in the garden changes again to something firmer, but light. She smiles sincerely: - I couldn’t be happier. Welcome again! Our journey together starts now. - She says. Ian, slowly, also stands up. His coat flying lightly with the wind. - Welcome, indeed! I hope the adventure you’ll have is worth all of you selling your souls to us just now. - He says, seriously. [[Continue|J6]]

There’s a moment of silence in the crowd. You’re a little startled yourself. Not long after, however, laughter is heard from several of the guests. Ian smiles. - Aw, come on. You guys remember too much already! - He says, pretending to be defeated while smiling. Then, he puts on a more sincere expression - Now truly, welcome! With that, most of you start taking your leave for the night. Cora passes by you and lets you know that the driver is already waiting for you at the entrance, whenever. You think about talking to Joana before leaving but, just like the other leaders, she’s overwhelmingly surrounded by some curious new members of the division. [[You push through the crowd to say goodbye|J7]] [[You wave from afar. She seems overwhelmed enough|J8]]

You start pushing through the small crowd to be able to talk to her. The task, however, starts presenting itself to be more challenging than you foresaw. Being quite tired already, you sigh defeated. It's probably better to just wave her goodbye for now. You'll have other opportunities to talk. You proceed to wave at her with a smile. Joana sees you and frowns briefly. She raises one hand, asking for you to wait a moment. Then, she excuses herself from the conversation she was having and walks towards you with ease, since people instinctively move out of her way. She looks slightly confused when she gets close to you. - $FirstName, I see that you’re leaving. Did you not wish to talk for a moment? - She says, and you could swear you saw her pouting. - Sorry, but you seemed busy enough! - You laugh - And we’ll see each other soon, so I was sure we’d have plenty of opportunities. She smiles brightly at that, the situation seems to make a lot more sense to her now. [[Continue|J9]] <<set $JoanaRoute += 1>>

Not wanting to make her situation even tougher, you wave her goodbye from afar. Joana sees you and frowns for a second. She raises one hand, asking for you to wait a moment. Then, she excuses herself from the conversation she was having and walks towards you with ease, since people instinctively move out of her way. She looks slightly confused when she gets close to you. - $FirstName, I see that you’re leaving. Did you not wish to talk for a moment? - She says, and you could swear you saw her pouting. - Sorry, but you seemed busy enough! - You laugh - And we’ll see each other soon, so I was sure we’d have plenty of opportunities. She smiles brightly at that, the situation seems to make a lot more sense to her now. [[Continue|J9]]

- Yes, of course! But a good leader sees a group of individuals, not a crowd. I can see that you didn’t wish to bother me which, rest assured, you never would, but I can also see that it’s been a long night. I simply wished to say goodbye, and that I hope you will rest well tonight. - Thank you, Joana, you too! And good luck with them! - You answer, smiling and looking at the several people waiting for Joana to return. Joana looks at them and laughs. When she looks back at you, however, you notice that her eyes turn slightly brighter than they usually are, and you can feel a warm sensation on your body once again. - Joana, if I may, are you doing something to the air? - You ask, sincerely curious. - I beg your pardon? - Joana asks, seeming to have been taken by surprise. - Sometimes, the temperature seems to rise when you are around. - You say, trying to explain how it feels. Joana looks at you blankly. Then, she blushes for a moment before breaking into a fond, sound laughter that ends up calling the attention of some people nearby. [[Continue|J10]]

- Well, yes, I tend to do that with the environment. It has to do with the predominant characteristics of my spirit, which you’ll learn about sometime! I usually excel at controlling it though, not sure why it has been harder for me today. - Joana says with a somewhat teasing smile, looking at you incisively. One could think she was being openly flirty, but you know how big of a deal today was for everyone. Of course it’d be harder for her to control her abilities in this kind of situation... Or at least that’s what you tell yourself as you feel your own cheeks heating up and have to break eye contact, because she won’t. Joana, then, bids you farewell once more before leaving to join the people who have been waiting for her to return. As you make your way to the exit to go home, you can furtively hear Joana’s muffled laughter while talking to herself and walking, her back also turned to you. “Almost a “Is it getting hot in here?”... How adorable...” [[Continue|Chapter 4]]

There’s palpable instability in the air, still, and it is a delicate moment for the world. The fact that The Y chose not to show their abilities to humanity as a whole and not to interfere at all with the way daily life happens makes a lot more sense to you now. Fear can take the best of people very easily. In one of the subsequent days, you receive a beautifully written paper with instructions “for future consultation, if necessary” - as it puts it, to the next step. Among other formalities, it lets you know that your training will take place in a secret location away from any urban centers and that, although you’ll be able to keep contact with your friends and family, you won’t be able to visit them in person for an undetermined amount of time. [[You feel quite sad with the news|G3]] [[You feel ok with the news. You saw it coming|G2]]

That doesn't surprise you at all. It makes sense and you definitely saw it coming. As sad as it may be, that's how life goes and you have already made your decision to go through with this. “There’s no going back now” - You think. You decide to go visit your family to tell them about your situation and what will happen soon, when the training starts. None of them are too pleased with the news at first but, seeing your now lighter eyes and unshaken determination, they can tell that something’s definitely changed within you. This is your quest, they can’t and shouldn’t try to keep you from it. [[Continue|G4]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

This makes your heart sting slightly. It’s not like you haven’t imagined that this would happen, but seeing it written consolidates it. You have already made your decision to go through with this, though. “There’s no going back now” - You think. You decide to go visit your family to tell them about your situation and what will happen soon, when the training starts. None of them are too pleased with the news at first but, seeing your now lighter eyes and unshaken determination, they can tell that something’s definitely changed within you. This is your quest, they can’t and shouldn’t try to keep you from it. [[Continue|G4]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

They say their goodbyes to you, wish you the best of luck and give you several types of medicine and home-made treats for you to take with you. They also have you promise that you’ll keep in touch but, funnily enough, none of them believe you wholeheartedly when you do. It’s a rather ironic scene and you wouldn’t have it any other way. Thomas and Emma, on the other hand, have a way harder time coming to terms with the fact that you’ll no longer be part of their daily lives. They are both very supportive of your newfound quest but, yet, silent tears slide on their cheeks when they hear the news. [[You cry as well|G5]] [[You'll miss them as well, but you don't cry|G6]] [[You think that they're making a big deal out of something small|G7]]

Suddenly, your sight is also compromised by the tears that force their way out. They’ve been your newfound family for years now and it hurts that you won’t be able to take them with you to this next step. After a few hugs and words of reassurance, you decide that you have to enjoy whatever time it is you have left together instead of mourning the inevitable. With that, most of the following days are full of sweet and memorable moments between the three of you. They are also present when you’re carefully packing your belongings to leave. When a black car parks close to the entrance of your apartment, and a friendly driver greets you and says that she’s waiting for you whenever you’re ready, you turn to Emma and Thomas. [[Continue|G8]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

You feel very touched watching their reaction. They’ve been your newfound family for years now and it hurts that you won’t be able to take them with you to this next step. After a few hugs and words of reassurance, you decide that you have to enjoy whatever time it is you have left together instead of mourning the inevitable. With that, most of the following days are full of sweet and memorable moments between the three of you. They are also present when you’re carefully packing your belongings to leave. When a black car parks close to the entrance of your apartment, and a friendly driver greets you and says that she’s waiting for you whenever you’re ready, you turn to Emma and Thomas. [[Continue|G8]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

"They're really making a big deal out of this" - You think, watching their overly emotional response confused. Sure, they’ve been your best friends for the last two years, but it's not like you're never going to see each other again. After a few hugs and words of reassurance, you manage to convince them that you have to enjoy whatever time it is you have left together instead of mourning the inevitable. With that, most of the following days are full of sweet and memorable moments between the three of you. They are also present when you’re carefully packing your belongings to leave. When a black car parks close to the entrance of your apartment, and a friendly driver greets you and says that she’s waiting for you whenever you’re ready, you turn to Emma and Thomas. [[Continue|G8]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

Thomas starts taking your bags to the trunk of the car, leaving you and Emma alone for a moment. - I’ll miss you so very much, $FirstName… Do you really have to go? - She says, her light-brown eyes wet. There isn’t any pain in her voice and you can see that she doesn’t mean that question literally. She knows you have to go and is just making it clear how much she loves you and wishes you could stay. - Yeah.. I’ve got to... But hey, we’ll see each other again, most definitely! This isn’t a goodbye, it’s a “see you soon!” - You say, reassuring her when your own heart aches. You realize that’s what real friendship is. Emma smiles at you and wipes her tears, even if they won’t stop coming. Then, she embraces you into one of her crushing hugs. You just... can't escape it. - That's right! I’ll see you soon. And I have something for you, wait here! - She says, as she runs to her house. [[Continue|G9]]

Meanwhile, Thomas quickly finishes loading the car with your bags. He comes to you. - I think that’s it! - He says, with a bright smile on his face that also carries a hint of sadness. - Thank you, Tom! - You say, getting even closer to him. Thomas looks at you for a bit before speaking again. His voice breaks slightly when he speaks, and it’s the first time you hear that happen. - This that you’re doing, $FirstName, is incredibly brave. I don’t know if I would have the balls to put myself out there like this. Know that I’m incredibly proud of you, and that you’ll never leave us, not really. It’s your time to feel a knot on your throat. You don’t say a word, because none will come out. Those words coming from Thomas mean more to you than you could express. [[You hug him|G10]] [[You look at him with appreciation|G11]]

You hug him with all your might and he returns it. As usual, you arrive at a mutual, wordless understanding. Thomas, then, proceeds to take his necklace off and put it around your neck. It has the Eye of Horus on it and, although Thomas never believed it could actually bring protection to anyone, he wants you to have it. - Thomas, I can’t accept…- You say. - Not another word! - He says, smiling and wiping your tears away, apparently oblivious to his own. - Not another word indeed! - Says Emma, approaching you and holding a big framed painting in her arms. It’s comically bigger than her, in fact. When she turns it around, your emotions are set into yet another heartwarming chaos. You see a picture of you, Thomas and her. It has been beautifully hand painted by Emma in her very own style. [[Continue|G12]]

You look at Thomas with deep appreciation and he returns it. As usual, you arrive at a mutual, wordless understanding. Thomas, then, proceeds to take his necklace off and put it around your neck. It has the Eye of Horus on it and, although Thomas never believed it could actually bring protection to anyone, he wants you to have it. - Thomas, I can’t accept…- You say. - Not another word! - He says, smiling and wiping your tears away, apparently oblivious to his own. - Not another word indeed! - Says Emma, approaching you and holding a big framed painting in her arms. It’s comically bigger than her, in fact. When she turns it around, your emotions are set into yet another heartwarming chaos. You see a picture of you, Thomas and her. It has been beautifully hand painted by Emma in her very own style. [[Continue|G12]]

The three of you are wearing your favorite comfy outfits, nothing extravagant, but that seems to make the painting even more special. She immortalized a piece of your lives in a frame, so that you could have it anywhere. - When did you even paint that? - You ask, astonished. - Did you think I could sleep more than two hours since I heard the news about you, silly? - She answers, looking at you fondly. - Thank you, truly. Both of you... How lucky I am. - You say. - How lucky we are. - Thomas corrects you. [[You want to give them their favorite hoodies of yours |G13]] [[You want to give them their favorite bracelets of yours|G14]] [[Gift giving is not how you show affection|G15]]

Not being able to stretch this moment for hours, unfortunately, you say your goodbyes to them. Before that, however, you manage to go through your things and find their favorites of your hoodies, so that they can have them. Finally, each of you has a physical piece of one another. After adjusting the painting in the back of the car safely and getting set to go, you exchange your last words: “I love you. Be well. I’ll see you soon.” And your adventure begins. <><<if $Division=="Protectors">>[[Continue|J12]]<<elseif $Division=="Artists">>[[Continue|I9]]<<else>>[[Continue|E13]]<</if>><>

Not being able to stretch this moment for hours, unfortunately, you say your goodbyes to them. Before that, however, you manage to go through your things and find their favorites of your bracelets, so that they can have them. Finally, each of you has a physical piece of one another. After adjusting the painting in the back of the car safely and getting set to go, you exchange your last words: “I love you. Be well. I’ll see you soon.” And your adventure begins. <><<if $Division=="Protectors">>[[Continue|J12]]<<elseif $Division=="Artists">>[[Continue|I9]]<<else>>[[Continue|E13]]<</if>><>

Not being able to stretch this moment for hours, unfortunately, you say your goodbyes to them. After adjusting the painting in the back of the car safely and getting set to go, you say your last words to one another: “I love you. Be well. I’ll see you soon.” And your adventure begins. <><<if $Division=="Protectors">>[[Continue|J12]]<<elseif $Division=="Artists">>[[Continue|I9]]<<else>>[[Continue|E13]]<</if>><>

<img src="Chapter five.png" class="centerC"/><<notify 3s>>Autosaving!<</notify>> The car ride goes on for a few hours and, when it’s over, you arrive at a small airport. The driver guides you to a cozy waiting room and lets you know that your belongings will be waiting for you at the final destination. Entering the room modestly, you notice that the people present also have bright eyes and, given your experience so far, that indicates that they are fellow incarnated Y. All of them offer you a sympathetic smile, but not much else. You pick one of the comfortable beige armchairs to sit, next to a window through which you can see the landing track. It’s a pleasant day. Looking around for a moment, you decide to wait quietly, since that seems to be what everyone else prefers as well. [[Continue|E14]]

<img src="Chapter five.png" class="centerC"/><<notify 3s>>Autosaving!<</notify>> The car ride goes on for a few hours and, when it’s over, you arrive at a small airport. The driver guides you to a cozy waiting room and lets you know that your belongings will be waiting for you at the final destination. Entering the room modestly, you notice that the people present also have bright eyes and, given your experience so far, that indicates that they are fellow incarnated Y. All of them greet you briefly, offering you a kind and welcoming smile. You pick one of the comfortable beige armchairs to sit, next to a window through which you can see the landing track. It’s a pleasant day. Despite their kind reception, looking around for a moment, you decide to wait quietly since everyone else is silent as well. [[Continue|J13]]

<img src="Chapter five.png" class="centerC"/><<notify 3s>>Autosaving!<</notify>> The car ride goes on for a few hours and, when it’s over, you arrive at a small airport. The driver guides you to a cozy waiting room and lets you know that your belongings will be waiting for you at the final destination. Entering the room modestly, you notice that the people present also have bright eyes and, given your experience so far, that indicates that they are fellow incarnated Y. All of them offer you a sympathetic smile and a nod, but no verbal greetings are exchanged. At that, you decide to wait quietly as well, since that seems to be what they prefer. You pick one of the comfortable beige armchairs to sit, next to a window through which you can see the landing track. It’s a pleasant day. You’re slowly getting used to the silence and start immersing yourself in your thoughts. [[Continue|I10]]

That’s until you hear firm footsteps, followed by music. It’s a muffled sound that escapes a headset and you are slightly worried for that person’s hearing for a moment, since you can hear the song from afar. Not long after, a short person enters the waiting room. Their grey eyes vibrant, their head shaved. They take the headset off their head and place it on their neck, pausing the song. Their clothes are colorful, but cohesive. Contrary to the quiet nature of the others in the room, when they see you, their eyes light up even more and they walk straight up to you. - Hi! I’m Benjamin and I go by they! - They say. [[You greet them enthusiastically as well |I11]] [[You greet them politely|I12]]

- Hello Benjamin, nice to meet you! I’m $FirstName and I go by $Pronoun! - You reply. Benjamin smiles and looks at you for a moment longer before proceeding to sit next to you. They look genuinely excited to talk to you, which is an odd reaction given that you don’t know one another. - Nice to meet you too! You can call me Ben, by the way. My earthly parents have always been overly formal! - They say, laughing and playfully rolling their eyes. - Ben it is! - You reply, realizing that "Ben" actually suits them a lot better. - So, you’re the one who’s been having trouble awakening! - Ben leans on their knees to look at you better, seeming very charmed. Their grey eyes focused. A huge grin on their face. - Yes, how do you know? - You ask, surprised. - Oh, everybody does! - They laugh kindly, but out loud - You look like a living definition of confusion, $FirstName. That’s why everybody is giving you your own time to adjust. They aren’t usually these quiet, boring plants! - They gesticulate towards the other people around the room and some of them break into laughter, while others look annoyed at their lack of discretion. [[Continue|I13]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

- Hi, Benjamin. I’m $FirstName and I go by $Pronoun. - You reply. Benjamin smiles and looks at you for a moment longer before proceeding to sit next to you. They look genuinely excited to talk to you, which is an odd reaction given that you don’t know one another. - You can call me Ben, by the way. My earthly parents have always been overly formal! - They say, laughing and playfully rolling their eyes. - Of course, Ben it is, then! - You reply, realizing that "Ben" actually suits them a lot better. - So, you’re the one who’s been having trouble awakening! - Ben leans on their knees to look at you better, seeming very charmed. Their grey eyes focused. A huge grin on their face. - Yes, how do you know? - You ask, surprised. - Oh, everybody does! - They laugh kindly, but out loud - You look like a living definition of confusion, $FirstName. That’s why everybody is giving you your own time to adjust. They aren’t usually these quiet, boring plants! - They gesticulate towards the other people around the room and some of them break into laughter, while others look annoyed at their lack of discretion. [[Continue|I13]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

Ben’s smile grows even wider at that. They continue: - And also! What you and Elya did that night was important to keep the situation under control, we appreciate it - They lean closer to you, as if to tell you a secret - Some of us would kill to co-exist in the same body as one of the leaders!! Are you kidding me?? You laugh at their good humor, it’s refreshing. You also see this as a good opportunity to ask something. [[“How much can you remember already?”|I14]]

Ben look thoughtful for a moment, then they cross their legs as if that was a big act of concentration. - Bits and pieces of about five lives now… It’s difficult to say for sure, since the memories can get a little mixed up. But the more time passes, the better you recognize and rearrange them. They'll come very naturally to you and, once they do, you’ll feel like they’ve always been there. Well, at least it’s like that for the pleasant ones. - They reply, trying to comfort you, but also being honest. You feel a little scared, since you have no idea what you might have done in the past. You decide not to dwell on that feeling, however. [[“Do you know where we’re going?”|I15]]

Ben laugh at that, pretending to look utterly disappointed. - Oh, I have no idea! Seeing the future isn’t one of our abilities, I’ll tell you that right now. Disappointing, disappointing, I know. - They reply - I know it’s probably pretty cool though, given memories I have from the divisions I’ve been in back in Jupiter. -Right! - You say, laughing at their silliness. [[“Why is co-existing in the same body such a big deal?”|I16]]

Ben look at you teasingly for a second before replying. If you thought their smile couldn’t grow wider, now you knew differently. - Ohoho, It’s a big deal, really. For us humans, it’s like cuddling lovingly with someone for a long time. Having access to all of their secrets! - They say, gesturing with both hands in the general shape of a picture. [[You find it funny|I17]] [[You find it embarassing|I18]]

You can imagine what they’re picturing, but you find the face and hand gestures that Ben make quite funny, if nothing else. Quickly, however, their expression melts into something more amiable. They continue: - In all seriousness, it amplifies both of your abilities and usually means that one body will possess both of the souls’s strength and more, since syntony also adds to it. The thing is that, it’s not easy to get to a point in which you can share a body with another soul. Both of you have to trust one another fully, because of exposure, and also be in perfect sync, which isn’t all that easy either. You find this an interesting piece of information. You haven’t really stopped to think about what co-existing in one body entails, but things make a little more sense to you now, especially the fact that you potentially agreed to it in a distant past, since it sounds like something that would take a lot of preparation. - I see, thank you, Ben! You’ve been very helpful - You say, honestly. - No worries! I’m glad I could help... I get bored easily! - They reply, looking at you kindly. [[Continue|I19]] <<set $Blunt += 1>>

You can imagine what they’re picturing. Your cheeks heat up immediately. When Ben notice it, their expression melts into something more amiable. They continue: - In all seriousness, it amplifies both of your abilities and usually means that one body will possess both of the souls’s strength and more, since syntony also adds to it. The thing is that, it’s not easy to get to a point in which you can share a body with another soul. Both of you have to trust one another fully, because of exposure, and also be in perfect sync, which isn’t all that easy either. You find this an interesting piece of information. You haven’t really stopped to think about what co-existing in one body entails, but things make a little more sense to you now, especially the fact that you potentially agreed to it in a distant past, since it sounds like something that would take a lot of preparation. - I see, thank you, Ben! You’ve been very helpful - You say, honestly. - No worries! I’m glad I could help... I get bored easily! - They reply, looking at you kindly. [[Continue|I19]] <<set $Shy +=1>>

You and Ben settle in a comfortable silence after that. Fortunately, your anxiety seems to dissipate a bit after talking to someone and time goes by relatively quicker. At a given moment, all of you are led to a modest black-and-grey private plane. You and Ben exchange a few more words and stay close to each other most of the time. Sitting by one of the plane’s windows, during the five hours that the remainder of the trip takes, the landscape below you grows increasingly less familiar. Soon, you stop seeing buildings or houses and everything is green, wide and looks uninhabited. That is until the plane starts losing altitude and you spot a huge, bright light field in the distance. Squinting your eyes to try to take a look, you’re amazed by what you see inside. [[Continue|I20]]

It is a small, functional set of buildings standing alone in a large open field. The buildings are tall and have creative and innovative shapes that you didn’t even think architecture was capable of designing without going against the basic laws of physics. You can also spot a few clearly planned gardens placed in random-looking locations around the set of buildings. Nature is abundant and beautiful, inside and around it. The whole atmosphere changes when the plane enters the light field and you instantly feel more at ease. The effect seems to spread to everyone on board. It’s night time when your feet touch land again. All of you look exhausted, but rather excited. You are, then, guided to a restaurant with broad windows and warm lights, that actually looks ordinary until you notice that the ambient music is provided by instruments playing themselves in a corner. [[Continue|I21]] <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "musica_feliz" volume 0.4 loop play>><</if>>

You think about asking Ben about it while you’re eating, only to realize that they are nearly falling asleep on their plate. “Maybe tomorrow” - You think, as you chuckle and make a small noise on the table to wake them up. After having dinner, finally, all of you are led to a big building by a friendly-looking senior artist. The main hall is wide and well-illuminated. There’s a map of the set of buildings on the wall behind the reception desk. The kind receptionist gives you a key that has “$LastName” on it and is for room 101. You look around for Ben who now, surprisingly, is nowhere to be found. After walking around the hall for a bit, earning a few nods and smiles from the other members as you pass by them, tiredness starts getting the best of you and you reason that you’re likely to find Ben easily later anyways. You decide to head to your room to rest. On the first floor, you find the room labeled 101 easily enough. It is a big white door with wooden details on it. [[Continue|Ex22]]

There’s a small bathroom in your room and, as soon as you spot it, you realize that you’re more than ready to take a shower. However nice it is, it’s been a tiring day. You step under the wide shower head and let the warm water relax your muscles while you clean yourself. When you get out of the shower, you wrap yourself in one of the white towels that are cutely folded and set by the side of the sink. You leave the bathroom feeling actually relaxed for the first time in the day. [[Continue|I23]]

- Oops! - Says a gentle voice from behind you. You turn around. - How did you! Wh-…- You say, looking at Ian who is by the door. [[You blush. You’re only wearing a towel!|I24]] [[You are more curious about how he got in quietly, once again|I25]]

Your cheeks heat up. Ian laughs lightly, truly apologetically. - Oh! I felt your aura in here, and you seemed really calm. But then, you weren’t answering the door and I thought something could have happened! - He says, and you have a sense of deja vu with the way he holds both of his hands up in the air - I’ll wait outside until you’re ready, ok? He says and immediately gets out. There is a strong rouge tone on his cheeks, but you figure that it must be the weather. After getting dressed, you open the door for Ian, who now walks inside calmly as if it’s the first time you see one another today. He smiles at you brightly, the former rouge tone of his cheeks nowhere to be found. - I came to see if you had a good trip, my dear! - He says, walking in confidently in a straight line and sitting on the edge of your bed. [[Continue|I26]] <<set $Shy +=1>>

- How on earth do you keep getting into places so quietly? - You ask, truly puzzled. Ian laughs lightly, apologetically. - Oh! Can't tell you that... but I can explain why! I felt your aura in here, and you seemed really calm. You weren’t answering the door, though, and I thought something could have happened! - He says, and you have a sense of deja vu with the way he holds both of his hands up in the air - I’ll wait outside until you’re ready, ok? He says and immediately gets out. There is a strong rouge tone on his cheeks, but you figure that it must be the weather. After getting dressed, you open the door for Ian, who now walks inside calmly as if it’s the first time you see one another today. He smiles at you brightly, the former rouge tone of his cheeks nowhere to be found. - I came to see if you had a good trip, my dear! - He says, walking in confidently in a straight line and sitting on the edge of your bed. [[Continue|I26]] <<set $Blunt += 1>>

He’s wearing high waisted black pants, casual shoes and a white buttoned shirt with flowy long sleeves. His shirt is unbuttoned just enough that it forms an elegant V-collar on him, complimented by a couple of plain black necklaces he’s wearing. You can also see some delicate, but well-defined muscles underneath his shirt. At that sight, oddly... [[You realize that you are attracted to Ian|I27]] [[You realize that you have made quite a stylish friend|I28]]

When you look at his face again, oblivious to the fact that you’ve been staring for at least a minute now, you find Ian looking at you and grinning wolfishly. By the confident look on his face, you know that he’s noticed your gaze and worse… He knows that you like what you see. You blush and try to think of something to say. Ian notices your hesitance and beats you to it, mercifully. - Sooo, did you have a nice trip? - He asks, his expression serious and affectionate. - Oh, sure! It went fine. It’s really beautiful here. - You answer, relieved that he didn’t tease you about your blushing. Ian looks truly happy with that answer. - Great! - He says, and smiles at you. [[Continue|I29]] <<set $IanRoute += 1>>

When you look at his face again, oblivious to the fact that you’ve been staring for at least a minute now, you find Ian looking at you and smiling. - Aren't you a stylish one? - You say, subtly explaining why you were staring in the first place. Ian laughs. - Of course! What kind of artist would I be otherwise? - He mocks a haughty expression while responding. His face, then, goes back to being serious and affectionate, yet nonchalant. - Sooo, did you have a nice trip? - He asks. - Oh, sure! It went fine. It’s really beautiful here. - You answer, relieved that he didn’t tease you about your obliviousness. Ian looks truly happy with that answer. - Great! - He says, and smiles at you. [[Continue|I29]] <<set $IanFriend to 1>>

Then, as if sensing something inside the room, Ian gets up and starts walking around. He resumes talking: - I also came to tell you that tomorrow you’ll be taking part in the initiation ceremony along with the other new members. It will be announced in the morning, but I wanted to let you know about it first, just so you don’t freak out when you hear the news! - He says playfully, but smiling tenderly. - And what’s an initiation ceremony? - You ask, curious. Ian ignores you and stops pacing close to your still packed belongings. He points to the package containing the framed painting Emma gave you. - Can I see that? - He asks. - Oh, sure! Go ahead. - You answer, waiting for his reply to your previous question. As he starts unwrapping the painting, he resumes talking: - It’s half as fun if I tell you what it is - You catch a wide smile on his face as he says that - But I’ll be with you. - Can you at least try to be a little more explanatory? - You reply, genuinely curious. [[Continue|I30]]

He looks at you teasingly, but then his expression softens once more. It’s as if he’s looking at a puppy he can’t resist. - Alright! It’s a ceremony in which you’ll find out what is your artistic inclination in this lifetime, as well as where you become a fully initiated member of The Artists division. You can see it as a celebration of some sort. - He says. While you process the information, Ian finally finishes unwrapping the painting. - My! This is lovely! - He says, looking at the painting and at you. You can see several white glimpses of light around Ian for the first time. [[ "You are sparkling!" |I31]] [[ "What’s that around you?" |I32]]

- Ian, you’re sparkling! - You say, pointing at his general area. - Oh! - Ian looks around himself, smiles sheepishly and absorbs the glimpses of light, making them disappear - It’s part of my aura, don’t mind it. I got excited! This is beautiful. You smile. It is beautiful and one of the highlights of your day. Ian proceeds to walk towards you, holding the big frame easily on one hand. He stops just a few inches away from you, shows you the front and back of his hand, and then pretends to draw a nail from the back of your ear. - Seriously? - You laugh. - What? Illusionists are artists too, you know? - Ian says, laughing. You laugh, but then you tilt your head in confusion. - How did you know this was a painting? - You ask. - I didn’t. - He says nonchalantly, walking around slowly - But I knew there was a work of art in this room<><<if $IanFriend==1>>,<<else>>, apart from you, of course - He wrinkles his nose playfully -<</if>><> and then I knew it was this. There’s always a concentration of energy in every art piece. Sometimes it’s love and pain, sometimes it’s sadness, sometimes it’s happiness and so on. Either way, the hours of work and feelings an artist puts in any of their work affects the environment in a very particular way and, if you’re sensitive enough, you’ll feel it. [[Continue|I33]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

- Ian! What's that around you? - You ask, pointing at his general area. - Oh! - Ian looks around himself, smiles sheepishly and absorbs the glimpses of light - It’s part of my aura, don’t mind it. I got excited! This is beautiful. You smile. It is beautiful and one of the highlights of your day. Ian proceeds to walk towards you, holding the big frame easily on one hand. He stops just a few inches away from you, shows you the front and back of his hand, and then pretends to draw a nail from the back of your ear. - Seriously? - You laugh. - What? Illusionists are artists too, you know? - Ian says, laughing. You laugh, but then you tilt your head in confusion. - How did you know this was a painting? - You ask. - I didn’t. - He says nonchalantly, walking around slowly - But I knew there was a work of art in this room, apart from you, of course - He wrinkles his nose playfully - and then I knew it was this. There’s always a concentration of energy in every art piece. Sometimes it’s love and pain, sometimes it’s sadness, sometimes it’s happiness and so on. Either way, the hours of work and feelings an artist puts in any of their work affects the environment in a very particular way and, if you’re sensitive enough, you’ll feel it. [[Continue|I33]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

He looks at you seriously, as if to see if you’re following. Then, he proceeds to study the room carefully and finds a nice spot. - Is here ok? - He asks, positioning the frame in an empty space so that you can take a look. - Yes, it looks nice! - You answer honestly. Unsurprisingly, he naturally has a good eye for this. - Very well! - His smile is even brighter when he answers. He presses the nail delicately on the wall and it makes its way through it as if it weren’t being pressed against a hard surface, but against a very soft, moldable material instead. You’re surprised by the display. - How did you do that? - You ask, impressed. - I influenced matter on a small scale, $FirstName. You’re actually not bad at it, you just haven’t remembered it yet - He says, adjusting the painting and looking back at you with a hint of fond nostalgia in his eyes - Aaaanyways! I should leave you to rest. [[Continue|I34]]

He starts making his way to the door. You enjoy his company, but given how tired you are, you can’t disagree with him leaving without him seeing right through your actual physical state, once more. - Thank you, Ian! I’ll see you tomorrow! - You answer. Before he leaves, he looks back once more. - Goodnight, $FirstName. By the way! - He says, turning around completely - Did you know that $FirstName was also your name in one of your previous lives? - Ian says, as if he just remembered that piece of information suddenly. - Really? - You ask. <><<if $IanFriend==1>> - Yes! Beats me… What are the odds. Also, there’s one more thing - He leans slightly in your direction to pique your interest. It seems like it’s something important. His grin widens once more and he raises an eyebrow - You looked a little better in that lifetime!<<else>> - Yes! Beats me… What are the odds. Also, there’s one more thing - He leans slightly in your direction to pique your interest. It seems like it’s something important. His grin widens once more and he raises an eyebrow - You look great with wet hair.<</if>><> - Go! Goodnight! - You laugh, while jokingly expelling him from the room. <><<if $IanFriend==1>> - Geez, I’m going! Night, $FirstName! - He answers and leaves at once, laughing.<<else>> - Geez, I’m going! Night, love! - He answers and leaves at once, laughing.<</if>><> <><<if $IanFriend==1>>[[Continue|I35]]<<else>>[[Continue|I35E]]<</if>><>

After Ian's gone, finally, you lie down on your new bed and the comfortable covers engulf you. They are very soft. As you’re settling, however, you hear a quick knock at the door, followed by a yell. - YO, $FirstName! This is Ben, don’t even bother opening the door! Just wanted to say that my room is nearby, 105! Isn’t it neat?? If you need anything let me know, alright? - They yell from the other side of the door. - Oh, Ben! Will do, thank you. You too! - You answer, unable to keep yourself from laughing at their quirkiness while also cringing slightly imagining the reaction of the other people on the floor. - Ok! See you!!! - They answer, and you can hear them leaving. “This might not be so bad, after all” - You think, still smiling as your body relaxes and you start to give in to sleep. Unfortunately, when sleep finally comes, it doesn’t bring only peace, as you would have hoped. [[Continue|I36]]

<img src="Chapter seven.png" class="centerC"/><<notify 3s>>Autosaving!<</notify>> When you’re deep asleep, in a flow as natural as that of a river, memories start coming to you and, as if it’d never been forgotten, you now remember your all-time favorite color, which is: [[Black|I37][$FavColor to "black"]] [[White|I37][$FavColor to "white"]] [[Turquoise|I37][$FavColor to "turquoise"]] [[Green|I37][$FavColor to "green"]] [[Blue|I37][$FavColor to "blue"]] [[Yellow|I37][$FavColor to "yellow"]] [[Purple|I37][$FavColor to "purple"]] <<audio "musica_feliz" stop>> <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "chegada" loop play>><</if>>

And, with that, you can see pretty $FavColor flashes of light dancing on your mind. Suddenly, you can also remember your all-time favorite flowers, which are: [[Orchides|I38][$FavFlower to "orchides"]] [[Lillies|I38][$FavFlower to "lillies"]] [[Roses|I38][$FavFlower to "roses"]] [[Sunflowers|I38][$FavFlower to "sunflowers"]] [[Tulips|I38][$FavFlower to "tulips"]] [[Yédys (Jupiterian)|I38][$FavFlower to "yédys"]] [[Yunzýas (Jupiterian)|I38][$FavFlower to "yunzýas"]] [[Oenpôes (Jupiterian)|I38][$FavFlower to "oenpôes"]]

<<notify 8s>>Read about the flowers in the extra menu!<</notify>> And, once more, you can feel the smell of $FavFlower in the air, as if you were awake and in a field full of them. These peaceful discoveries, however, are pushed to the back of your mind as a strong, realistic memory surfaces. You find yourself in a small village, the atmosphere is red and looks unbearably warm. There’s dense dust in the air and you realize that it’s really hard to breathe. You’re on the floor with the head of a being of small stature lying on your lap. They have a deep, open injury on their chest. Their eyes, that now stare at you sadly, are fully black with no distinction between the irises and the rest. Their nose is broad and their skin is grey, with yellow spots in some areas. Their nails are extraordinarily long but, otherwise, they look humanoid. [[Continue|I39]] <><<audio "Artists" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "dark_ambient" loop play>><</if>><<set $Extra to 1>><>

Your heart aches in a way you didn’t think was possible. - Aero, please, hang on! - You beg, looking at the being lying on the floor. They give you a weak smile. - I’m afraid I can’t hang on for long... - They answer. You are terrified when you hear that. Terrified because you can actively feel life escaping from their body, slipping slowly through your fingers. Terrified because, even though it goes beyond anything you can explain, somehow, you know this is Ian. They do not look or feel even remotely similar. Their voices are also completely different, but looking deep into Aero’s eyes, you know who they really are. This is Ian. [[Continue|I40]]

Your heart breaks even further at that realization and your eyes hurt as tears painfully break their way to the surface. - Ajory, listen to me - Aero says, pushing you away from them - I’ve lived for too long, harmed too many. This is what I deserve. Leave me now. - There’s sadness and rage in their eyes. - You know I could never do that. - You scream, trying to sound firm, but your voice breaks. It’s a desperate cry for help, for strength. It scratches every inch of your throat on its way out. Aero’s hand starts losing its grip on yours, their eyes lose their focus on you. Pitch black eyes. Eyes that you, now, recognize. - Ajory… - They forcefully mutter. Silence fills the air as life leaves their fragile body like a breeze. A last breath that comes out weakly, slowly, never again to return to their lungs. Aero is gone. Ian’s gone. You wake up in a gasp, tears on your eyes. [[Continue|I41]]

Your breath is uneven and, suddenly, the once cozy room feels threatening and oppressive. The next thing you notice is a white light field around you and, when you look to the side of your bed, you spot Ian sitting on the floor. Contrary to his usually light-hearted looking self, he looks very serious and his expression is dark and gloomy. He looks at you and undoes the light field surrounding you with one hand. Then, he forces a weak smile on his face. - くそ*, you started with quite a heavy one, didn’t you? - He says, attempting to be playful but failing, even to himself. *くそ - Fuck. Seeing Ian safe and sound now makes you feel the urge of… [[Hugging him|I42]] [[Talking to him|I43]] [[Demanding an explanation|I44]] <><<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<audio "chegada" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "dark_ambient" loop play>><</if>><>

The relief of seeing Ian alive and in one piece after all of the suffering you just remembered is stronger than any question you might have. Before you can stop yourself, you get out of bed and drop to the floor, embracing him. Ian stiffens at first, but then hugs you back so tightly you almost have to warn him not to break your back. You stay like that for a few minutes before he breaks the hug and stands up, bringing you along. You didn't have a chance to notice this before, but Ian is way stronger than he looks. He looks a lot more like himself when you look at his face now, and it’s oddly reassuring. [[Continue|I45]] <<set $IanRoute += 1>>

The relief of seeing Ian alive and in one piece is big, but you are utterly perplexed. - Ian, what was that memory? - You say. Your voice is weak, almost a whisper, and it doesn't have an accusatory tone. You really just want to understand what is happening to you. Ian sighs deeply. Then, he straightens your bed's positioning easily with one hand, since it seems like it's a bit crooked now. You didn't have a chance to notice this before, but Ian is way stronger than he looks. He looks a lot more like himself when you look at his face now, and it’s oddly reassuring. [[Continue|I45]] <<set $IanRoute += 1>>

The relief of seeing Ian alive and in one piece is big, but you are utterly confused and frustrated. - Will you drop the mysterious act and tell me what the hell is going on? - You say. Your voice comes out louder than you planned it to. Ian sighs deeply. Then, he straightens your bed's positioning easily with one hand, since it seems like it is a bit crooked now. You didn't have a chance to notice this before, but Ian is way stronger than he looks. He looks a little more like himself when you look at his face now. [[Continue|I45]] <<set $IanRoute -= 2>>

- So… It’s not that I don’t enjoy breaking into your room, I do, but this time I had a good reason - He says, straightening his clothes - Your aura was extremely unstable and you were screaming for me through it. Well, for who I was once, at least. I felt it and I came. Since one can get violent with themselves while retrieving a meaningful memory, just to be sure, I locked you in place until you woke up naturally. He stops and looks a little bashful before saying the next part. - I also read your memory and, therefore, your thoughts from your aura. I hope you’ll pardon my intrusion into your head, but I needed to know in order to assist you afterwards. - He says. You hum. The white light field around you makes sense now, but you’re more puzzled about the memory itself than about Ian’s methods. - “Aero”... That was you… and I did watch you die in a lifetime. What happened? - You ask. - Oh, dear! That’s just one of the many times you did - Ian says, laughing lightly - It just sucks that you had to go through how it felt again - He makes a pained expression, sympathetically - Aero and Ajory, huh! I have a great story for you. [[Continue|I46]]

Ian smiles and starts moving towards the balcony while putting his hands in the pockets of his black pants. You follow. Luckily, the weather is nice and the sun is just dawning. It paints the sky and the clouds with a red-orange tone that also reflects on the wide, peaceful lake that you can see in the distance from the balcony. You and Ian lean on the parapet and you stay silent, waiting for him to continue. Ian looks serious once again and, after being thoughtful for a few moments, starts: - That was exactly 153 lives ago, in a small planet called A-1223. We had a specific name for it in its language, naturally, but we can’t make the sounds required to say it anymore. It’s actually quite fun how your mind managed to translate the names. Anyways! That alien looking fellow that you saw was me, Aero. Believe it or not, I was HOT at the time. - He says. [[Continue|I47]]

You stop listening for a moment, trying to recall Aero’s appearance. They definitely weren't a terrible-looking creature, but also definitely not what you would call “HOT”. Ian reads the disbelief off of your face: - Believe me, I know… - He laughs out loud - It’s just that you didn’t see any of the other creatures. If you’d seen yourself, for instance, you would have believed me instantly just now. - He says, teasingly. [[You laugh|I48]] [[You hit him on the arm|I49]] [[You shake your head|I50]]

You laugh out loud at his teasing. Ian watches your amusement more fondly than you're able to actually tell. After a brief pause, he continues: - So! My physical appearance at the time was what kept me fed. People would give me anything I wanted if I simply caressed their little heads with one of my long claws. - He continues, while jokingly caressing your scalp with one of his long nails. You laugh and push his hand away. He continues: - But then there was Ajory - He looks at you, fondly - The pest that could see right through my beauty. Oh… I hated you at first. Mostly because, with you, I had to make a little bit of an effort to be decent. Without my beauty, who was I? Life gave me an opportunity to find out by befriending you. I honestly have no idea how we managed to be friends, but we did. - He says. The orange-red dawning sunlight reflects on Ian’s face tattoo and, for a moment, it looks like the dragon is on fire. It suits it. Ian doesn’t notice you looking, seeming to be too absorbed by the story he’s telling: - You were the only real friend I made and it was a gift, surely, but it didn't fix my twisted way of doing things. You also had some issues, which I’m sure you’ll remember eventually, but they weren’t too bad at the time, I don’t think - He says. [[Continue|I51]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

You hit him on the arm playfully. - Ouch! I knew it... You can't handle the truth. - Ian laughs wholeheartedly - So! My physical appearance at the time was what kept me fed. People would give me anything I wanted if I simply caressed their little heads with one of my long claws. - He continues, while jokingly caressing your scalp with one of his long nails. You laugh and push his hand away. He continues: - But then there was Ajory - He looks at you, fondly - The pest that could see right through my beauty. Oh… I hated you at first. Mostly because, with you, I had to make a little bit of an effort to be decent. Without my beauty, who was I? Life gave me an opportunity to find out by befriending you. I honestly have no idea how we managed to be friends, but we did. - He says. The orange-red dawning sunlight reflects on Ian’s face tattoo and, for a moment, it looks like the dragon is on fire. It suits it. Ian doesn’t notice you looking, seeming to be too absorbed by the story he’s telling: - You were the only real friend I made and it was a gift, surely, but it didn't fix my twisted way of doing things. You also had some issues, which I’m sure you’ll remember eventually, but they weren’t too bad at the time, I don’t think - He says. [[Continue|I51]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

You shake your head at him and smile. - Great, there’s two of him now - Ian exhales, remembering Elya - So! My physical appearance at the time was what kept me fed. People would give me anything I wanted if I simply caressed their little heads with one of my long claws. - He continues, while jokingly caressing your scalp with one of his long nails. You laugh and push his hand away. He continues: - But then there was Ajory - He looks at you, fondly - The pest that could see right through my beauty. Oh… I hated you at first. Mostly because, with you, I had to make a little bit of an effort to be decent. Without my beauty, who was I? Life gave me an opportunity to find out by befriending you. I honestly have no idea how we managed to be friends, but we did. - He says. The orange-red dawning sunlight reflects on Ian’s face tattoo and, for a moment, it looks like the dragon is on fire. It suits it. Ian doesn’t notice you looking, seeming to be too absorbed by the story he’s telling: - You were the only real friend I made and it was a gift, surely, but it didn't fix my twisted way of doing things. You also had some issues, which I’m sure you’ll remember eventually, but they weren’t too bad at the time, I don’t think - He says. [[Continue|I51]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

Ian sighs heavily before continuing, turning his face away from you: - Then, one day, I got into an affair with one of The Powerful One’s main partners. I seduced them just because I wanted to feel powerful as well. - He stops for a moment, and it’s the first time you see Ian look truly disgusted. It’s an odd look on him. You put a hand on Ian’s arm, squeezing it gently. He looks at you appreciatively, then takes a deep breath. He resumes: - They found it out, obviously. Then, in a lovely looking day, a mercenary found me. In the middle of the village, in broad daylight, she cut my chest open in the most sadistic way so I’d bleed out slowly, but without hope for salvation. Now, Aero, the popular Aero, was dying in the middle of the village and no one dared to approach. Ian goes back to facing you at those words. The features of his face now look almost foreign to you as they carry such deep, raw pain. - Not even after the mercenary was gone, $FirstName... It seems like the harm I caused to people’s lives was way greater than the flashes of delight I provided. After being in pain for a few minutes, I had already accepted that I’d die alone. [[Continue|I52]]

Ian, then, looks at you affectionately. His dark eyes watery. - Then, when the world was finally starting to grow deaf, the pest arrived from their shopping chores - Ian smiles - You came running towards me and held me against your chest, even though I was bloody and dirty. I was surprised, happy and… angry. Angry that you would make me wish to hang on to that miserable life just because of your stupid determination. Angry that you would never see me as beautiful, especially then. But above all, I was angry at myself for allowing my last deed alive to be causing pain to my one true friend - He says, trying to recompose himself and straightening his posture - That, in short, is the memory you just retrieved. [["You are beautiful."|I53]] [["I’m truly sorry."|I54]] [["What a terrible experience remembering that was."|I55]]

- You are beautiful… - You say, but it isn’t a flirty compliment, and it shows. You’re simply stating that, now, you can see how much he’s grown and how beautiful he really is. Ian’s eyes threaten to water once more, until a teasing smile appears on his face. <><<if $IanFriend==1>> - Oh, I know… we’ve already made up about that and, quite honestly, you were a little too proud of having such a handsome friend in the consecutive lives. - He laughs playfully, shaking his head and pretending to be disapproving of how shallow you allegedly are.<<else>> - Oh, I know… we’ve already made up about that and, quite honestly, you’ve made your attraction to me abundantly clear in aaaalll of the consecutive lives. - He laughs playfully, shaking his head and pretending to be disapproving of how forward you allegedly are.<</if>><> The way he leans instinctively in your direction, though, clearly betrays his words. You can’t hold back your own laughter at that. But then, an unpleasant realization dawns on you. - Do I still have many memories like that? - You ask, remembering the pain you went through retrieving that memory. [[Continue|I56]] <<set $IanRoute += 2>>

- I'm very sorry to hear this. It's awful. - You say, looking at Ian sympathetically. Ian’s eyes threaten to water once more, until a smile appears on his face again. - Oh, I know… but we’ve already recovered from that and, if I'm quite honest, you have a hard time putting up with me to this day. - He laughs playfully, shaking his head and pretending to be disapproving of how difficult you allegedly find him. The way he leans instinctively in your direction, though, clearly betrays his words. You can’t hold back your own laughter at that. But then, an unpleasant realization dawns on you. - Do I still have many memories like that? - You ask, remembering the pain you went through retrieving that memory. [[Continue|I56]] <<set $IanRoute += 1>>

- What a terrible experience remembering that was... - You say, looking at Ian. Ian nods in understanding. - Oh, darling... I know. I'm truly sorry you started with that one. - He says, looking even more pained than he was before. You hum and lean onto your hands on the parapet, an unpleasant realization dawning on you. - Do I still have many memories like that? - You ask, remembering the pain you went through retrieving that memory. [[Continue|I56]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

Ian looks thoughtful before responding: - Well, I imagine that only a couple are going to be as strong as that. That one life changed the course of several of your lives… our lives. It was the first life we met and, like I said, we ended up being partners and helping each other grow in a lot of the lives that followed. He fully turns to you, and puts his hands on your shoulders, in a reassuring gesture. - It will be over before you know it and, if it’s a memory that breaks your heart, I’ll feel it, and I’ll come. - He says, looking deeply into your eyes to make sure you know that he’s deadly serious. - Thank you, Ian… for telling me and for being here. - You say, honestly. - Of course! But you’re the bigger person here. If you were bloody and dirty like I was in that dream, I don’t know if I would come, really... Ew! - Contradicting his words again, Ian smiles at you warmly. [[Continue|I57]]

He looks at you and assesses your aura quickly, as if to make sure that you are ok to be left alone. He nods to himself. - Rest a little more, I’ll see you at the initiation ceremony. - He starts making his way to the door, waving briefly with his back turned to you before leaving at once. When he’s gone, getting used to being left without an actual chance to reply, you stare at the door for a while, thinking about how someone can feel so strange, yet so familiar at the same time. Then, you turn back to the balcony. It’s a beautiful day and the sun is way higher up in the sky now than it was when you first walked outside with Ian. When you hear people starting to walk in the hallway, and the peaceful silence is slowly replaced by excited chatter, you realize that the day has, now, officially begun. [[Continue|I58]]

<img src="Chapter six.png" class="centerC"/><<notify 3s>>Autosaving!<</notify>> The day starts normally and you change into casual and comfortable clothes to go outside. Fortunately, you meet up with Ben in the hallway and both of you head to the cafeteria on the ground floor to have breakfast. It’s the same restaurant where you had dinner the previous night, but it feels even lighter and happier with the sunlight that comes inside now from its broad windows. The heavenly smell of freshly baked food fills your senses and guides you directly to the serving table, leaving a very giggly Ben trying to keep up with your pace from behind you. [[Continue|I59]] <<audio "dark_ambient" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "main_musica" volume 0.6 fadein loop>><</if>>

When you approach the table, you’re greeted by all kinds of food at your disposal, but none of the dishes are presented in an excessive amount that would lead to waste. They are cute, small trays put together to feed the amount of people you can see around and not many more than that. What does impress you, though, is how diverse the menu is. You can’t even successfully identify how many cultures this long breakfast table draws from: there’s everything from bread, coffee, fresh juice, pancakes and eggs to medialunas, vegemite, chapattis and banitsa. [[You try something new|I60]] [[You stick to what you know|I61]]

After you’ve put together a combination of both things that you know and others that seem appealing for you to try, you sit down to eat with Ben, whose plate is even more risky than yours. You look at the instruments that were playing themselves the previous night in the corner, but they are, now, still. - Ben, do you have any idea how those instruments were playing themselves yesterday? - You ask, suddenly remembering you were meaning to ask them about it. - Oh, yeah! - Ben laugh lightly - They weren’t “playing themselves”, $FirstName. They were being played by friendly spirits of the division. They are part of the division just like we are, and sometimes they grace us with a side talent. - Oh! That’s interesting… I didn’t know. - You reply. - Yep, no problem! - Ben say. [[Continue|I62]]

You figure that it can't go wrong if you only pick things you already know the taste. "Better safe than sorry" - You guess. You sit down to eat with Ben, whose plate is a lot more risky than yours. You look at the instruments that were playing themselves the previous night in the corner, but they are, now, still. - Ben, do you have any idea how those instruments were playing themselves yesterday? - You ask, suddenly remembering you were meaning to ask them about it. - Oh, yeah! - Ben laugh lightly - They weren’t “playing themselves”, $FirstName. They were being played by friendly spirits of the division. They are part of the division just like we are, and sometimes they grace us with a side talent. - Oh! That’s interesting… I didn’t know. - You reply. - Yep, no problem! - Ben say. [[Continue|I62]]

- By the way… Where were you last night after dinner? - You ask, remembering that you couldn’t find them for the life of you. - Oh! - Ben blushes - Long trips make me very sick sometimes… Let’s just say that I can easily point out a couple of bathrooms for you, if you have to go. - Aw, I hope you’re feeling better! - You say, holding back your fond laughter so as not to embarass them further. - Thanks! I’m great today, actually. - They smile at you brightly and resume eating. You and Ben keep talking about small things until a senior enters the restaurant and calls for everybody’s attention. [[Continue|I63]]

She’s a kind-looking woman named Dakota and wears a beautiful, flowy black dress and red pumps. Just like Ian told you would happen, Dakota lets all of you know that the initiation ceremony will be happening today at 7pm, and that appropriate clothes will be delivered to your rooms this afternoon. Still according to her, it will take place in The Third Garden, where the “Miracle of Glasses” is. You find it odd that you don’t remember seeing any structure made of glass while you were landing. Dakota also asks that all of you meet up with her in the main hall of the building at 6:45pm, so that she can lead you to the initiation ceremony’s location without anyone potentially getting lost in the way. Before taking her leave, Dakota smiles and waves charmingly at the staff working in the kitchen. [[Continue|I64]]

Ben, on the other hand, despite their overall content face, doesn’t seem nearly as excited and curious about how the ceremony is going to go as you are. After breakfast is done, Ben excuse themself to go unpack, since, according to them, their room “is exactly the same mess mine is back home already, and it’s only been one night!”. You laugh at those words and see this as a good opportunity to unpack, yourself. You both agree to meet up again in the hallway to go to the main hall together at 6:30pm. [[Continue|I65]]

Before going back to your room, however, you decide to steal a glance at the wide map that is on the wall of the main hall. Surprisingly, now you can see a big glass structure in one of the gardens that surround the set of buildings. It leaves you wondering if it slipped your attention yesterday or if it simply appeared there today. Around a month ago the second option wouldn’t even be possible but, now, you are not so sure. Deciding to drop it for the time being, you head to your room and begin unpacking slowly. [[You are neatly organized |I66]] [[You are a little messy |IExtra]] [[You are very messy |168]]

After placing all of your things carefully in their appropriate place, you lean back on your bed and relax. It’s around 5 pm when you hear a gentle knock at the door. When you open it, a very friendly woman hands you a package with the clothes you’ll be wearing tonight, along with a small box with shoes. When you open the package, there is a long, white robe inside made of a light and soft fabric with a delicate silver pattern sewed on it. It wouldn’t be exuberant if seen from afar, but its beauty definitely lies on the amazingly tailored details it has. The sleeves are long and have a see through embroidery at the end, close to the wrist. [[You are excited to try it |I69]] [[It’s pretty, but not all that exciting|I70]] <<set $Organized +=1>>

You kind of just find a few places that look somewhat appropriate to put your things and calls it a day. Soon, you lean back on your bed and relax. It’s around 5 pm when you hear a gentle knock at the door. When you open it, a very friendly woman hands you a package with the clothes you’ll be wearing tonight, along with a small box with shoes. When you open the package, there is a long, white robe inside made of a light and soft fabric with a delicate silver pattern sewed on it. It wouldn’t be exuberant if seen from afar, but its beauty definitely lies on the amazingly tailored details it has. The sleeves are long and have a see through embroidery at the end, close to the wrist. [[You are excited to try it |I69]] [[It’s pretty, but not all that exciting|I70]] <<set $disorganized +=1>>

You are pretty excited to try it, since it also looks comfortable. After taking a quick shower, finally, you slip it on. The fabric brushes against your skin softly, almost a caress. The fit is perfect on your body and it makes you just a bit suspicious that someone might have taken your measurements stealthily somehow. When you walk, the white robe follows your every movement, flowing behind you as if it was alive. You laugh at the thought. There is something missing, though… [[Makeup and shoes|171]] [[The shoes|172]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

It's pretty, but you were never that interested in clothing items, honestly. It's just a basic need for you, not something to make a fuss about. But it does look comfortable, which is appealing to you. After taking a quick shower, finally, you slip it on. The fabric brushes against your skin softly, almost a caress. The fit is perfect on your body and it makes you just a bit suspicious that someone might have taken your measurements stealthily somehow. When you walk, the white robe follows your every movement, flowing behind you as if it was alive. You laugh at the thought. There is something missing, though… [[Makeup and shoes|171]] [[The shoes|172]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

You head to the dressing table and reach for some of the makeup you brought along with you. Quickly, you make sure your skin looks even nicer than it usually does, while also highlighting some of your facial traits. Finally, you step into the flat shoes that the woman brought along with the robe. It also fits perfectly on you, is malleable and comfortable. Now being fully ready, just as you realize that it’s time to meet up with Ben in the hallway, you hear a firm knock at the door. - Come on, $FirstName! - They yell, laughing - We’re gonna be late! When you open the door, you notice that Ben’s bright grey eyes stand out even more when they’re wearing white, which, funnily, conveys their excitement even better. Their eyes look like two moons. [[Continue|I73]]

Finally, you step into the flat shoes that the woman brought along with the robe. It also fits perfectly on you, is malleable and comfortable. Now being fully ready, just as you realize that it’s time to meet up with Ben in the hallway, you hear a firm knock at the door. - Come on, $FirstName! - They yell, laughing - We’re gonna be late! When you open the door, you notice that Ben’s bright grey eyes stand out even more when they’re wearing white, which, funnily, conveys their excitement even better. Their eyes look like two moons. [[Continue|I73]]

- $FirstName!!! We look so cool! - They say, opening their arms to allow you to see how they look. They also turn around a couple of times for you to see how the robe flows. You laugh out loud at that. - We really do. I feel like royalty! - You say, playing along with them. - I know, right? - They reply, giving you room to step outside. The two of you walk comfortably to the main hall together and Dakota, the artist from earlier, is waiting for the new members close to the entrance. When all of you are finally gathered, you can see that there’s around 25 of you in total. You are, then, led to The Third Garden. As you walk silently along the other members, you contemplate the several creative-looking buildings you can see around you. They’re a lot more beautiful and impressive up close. The overall harmonious atmosphere of The Artists’s training site also looks a lot like a piece of what a futuristic, ideal city would be described as in a book. [[Continue|I74]]

As you’re approaching the garden, you see a magnificent crystal building that looks like a glass greenhouse, with the exception that it follows the architecture of some European palaces in the 1600’s. It’s almost completely see through and, oddly enough, it looks like there’s nothing inside. Around it lies The Third Garden itself: a pretty open area with neatly trimmed grass. It has nice smelling flowers around it and a cute pond with a water fountain. Ian is facing the glass building when the group first approaches. He’s wearing a black robe embroidered with a fine golden pattern that seems to actually glow tonight, along with flat shoes. [[Continue|I75]] <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "labirinto" loop play>><</if>> <<if $audio>><<audio "Fonte" volume 0.1 loop play>> <</if>>

When he turns around to face you, his deep black eyes have light emanating from them in a way that illuminates the small area in front of him with a shade of grey. His irises look like an eclipse, a mesmerizing view. He walks towards you confidently and, once again, his hair and robe dance around him beautifully with the wind. His cunning eyes analyze your faces and auras with mastery before he speaks: - My! You guys look stunning tonight. You are more anxious than excited, though. Cut it off! I got you. - He says playfully, eyeing the small crowd. His gaze, however, quickly shifts to you at those words, betraying him slightly. [[Continue|I76]]

The group seems to relax a little and some people laugh briefly. Ian resumes: - Tonight you become an Artist, officially! The initiation rite will introduce your soul to our division, as well as indicate what is your artistic inclination in this lifetime. - He smiles enigmatically. Ian starts walking around with a dangerous amusement on his face, looking at the new members as if he has some kind of interesting surprise for you. The people around you seem intimidated by his shift in behavior, while… [[You, for one, are not intimidated at all |177E]] [[You are also slightly intimidated |178Ex]]

The wind whistles very loudly just as he does that and you swear you can hear a few whispers coming from the building. The new members almost automatically take a step back. Ian’s eyes glint even more at that and a huge grin appears on his face. - So! Who volunteers to go first? - He asks, smiling brightly and innocently. [[You volunteer to go first|I79]] [[There’s no way you’re going first|180]] <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "vento" volume 0.2 play>><</if>><</if>> <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "whispers" volume 0.2 play>> <</if>><</if>>

The wind whistles very loudly just as he does that and you swear you can hear a few whispers coming from the building. The new members almost automatically take a step back. Ian’s eyes glint even more at that and a huge grin appears on his face. - So! Who volunteers to go first? - He asks, smiling brightly and innocently. [[You volunteer|I79]] [[There’s no way you’re going first|180]] <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "vento" volume 0.2 play>><</if>><</if>> <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "whispers" volume 0.2 play>> <</if>><</if>>

Very thick silence falls over the garden. You look around and hope that someone will quickly volunteer, just so that this awkwardness will stop. Realizing that no one else's going to be willing to go first, you force yourself to step forward. - Very well! We have a volunteer! - Ian looks at you proudly, walking towards you. Ian approaches you quickly and his smell fills the air around you. His sweet scent is slowly becoming more familiar to you every time you sense it. Funnily, you can also see a couple of white glimpses of light around him, once again. [[Continue|I81]] <<audio "vento" stop>> <<audio "whispers" stop>>

Very thick silence falls over the garden. You look around and hope that someone will quickly volunteer, just so that this awkwardness will stop. Then, suddenly, someone steps on your foot and makes you stumble forward. - Very well! We have a volunteer! - Ian looks at you proudly, walking towards you. You look back to locate the culprit of putting you in this situation, only to find Ben muttering “My bad, $FirstName, it was too awkward. You got this!” with a red face and a wide smile. You squint your eyes at them. You’ll have to see about this small act of betrayal later. Ian approaches you quickly and his smell fills the air around you. His sweet scent is slowly becoming more familiar to you every time you sense it. Funnily, you can also see a couple of white glimpses of light around him, once again. [[Continue|I81]] <<audio "vento" stop>> <<audio "whispers" stop>>

He gestures towards the crystal structure. - Shall we? - He smiles at you, a hint more reassuringly this time. - Of course. - You answer. Though slightly nervous, it’s not like you have a choice now. As you get closer to the building and the other members are left behind, Ian closes the distance between the two of you even more. - $FirstName. This might look a little frightening at first, but I assure you it’s absolutely safe. In a way, I’ll be by your side the whole time, so fear nothing. - He says, looking at you attentively. - Really? Thank you! - You reply, feeling a little more reassured. As Ian pushes open the door of the Miracle of Glasses, you are surprised to find that there’s a lot of water inside, and that its actual floor is set a few levels below the ground, forming a sort of pool. [[Continue|I82]]

When you step inside, the water level goes all the way up to your knees. Ian pushes through the water easily by your side, guiding you to the center of the glass-made building. - Alright, my dear - He says, positioning himself - I will need you to lay down in this area and be completely underwater for a bit. I’ll sit by your side while you do it. - He says. You look at Ian surprised. You weren’t expecting that you’d have to actually lay down on the floor and get your whole body and clothes wet. When you look down to see where you’ll be lying, you notice that there’s a big flower pattern, similar to a Mandala engraved on the floor and that you stand exactly in the middle of it. Ian laughs at your reaction. - Come on! It’s not as bad as it looks! - He says, sitting down and gesturing for you to sit in front of him, facing the wall to his left - You will sit here and I’ll support your neck as you lay down in the water. You sigh, it looks like this really can’t be helped. [[Continue|I83]] <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<audio "labirinto" stop>> <<audio "vento" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "ambiente_neutro" loop play>><</if>>

You follow his instructions and sit. The water isn’t cold, nor warm. It reaches your waist now and you don’t find it exactly comfortable. When you look at Ian, you can see the moonlight reflected on his, now, kind eyes. - For how long do I have to stay underwater? - You ask, concerned. - Not too long. I assure you that I’ll pull you out if anything calls for it. Are you ready? - He asks, looking at you encouragingly. - As ready as I’ll be. - You answer, trying to lighten the mood. - Then, here we go, darling. Excuse me - He smiles and places a warm hand on the back of your neck - Close your eyes and release all of your weight on my hand. I’ll descend you slowly. - He says, looking very serious, this time around. You close your eyes and can feel Ian slowly laying you down on the water. His hand remains on your neck when the water starts wetting and covering your torso, then your shoulders, your neck and, finally, your face. [[Continue|I84]]

Every sound grows deaf, your body is lighter. Your breathing, still. Suddenly, you feel as if your body was inflating, becoming a lot lighter than it should’ve been with just the effect of the water. You can… breathe? You open your eyes to find yourself floating, like a ghost. You turn around in the air, only to see that you are above your physical body. Ian looks up, then seems to locate you. He grins and raises an eyebrow. - This is it. Relax, and go. - He tilts his head up at those words and you see a hole of warm light in the ceiling. You know it’s not physical, but astral, just like you are now. It’s calling for you. [[Fight it|I86]] [[Let yourself go naturally|I85]] <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<audio "Fonte" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "IC_Ian" volume 0.6 loop play>><</if>>

Looking at Ian’s confident face once more and knowing that you’re probably in for it now, you let the hole suck your form into it. Contrary to what you thought you would find, the next thing you see after the blinding light that engulfed you is an empty, broad and barely illuminated space. You are by yourself. You squint your eyes and notice a small round table in the distance with something on top of it. As you think about going to the table, your body simply follows your thought and you find yourself hovering towards it. You find funny the sensation of being in a spiritual form that can hover, especially because the air moves in a certain way below your feet and it tingles. [[Continue|I87]]

Despite Ian’s confidence, you are not fond at all of the idea of being sucked into the a hole of light to God knows where. You try to go back to your body but, the more you fight the invisible force pulling you, the quicker you get close to the hole. Ian looks at you, laughing. - I wouldn't do t... And you are completely engulfed by the light. Contrary to what you thought you would find, the next thing you see after the blinding light that engulfed you is an empty, broad and barely illuminated space. You are by yourself. You squint your eyes and notice a small round table in the distance with something on top of it. As you think about going to the table, your body simply follows your thought and you find yourself hovering towards it. You find funny the sensation of being in a spiritual form that can hover, especially because the air moves in a certain way below your feet and it tingles. [[Continue|I87]]

When you get to the table, there’s a beautiful, fancy looking glass with glowing paint of different colors in it. It’s just sitting there, and everything is quiet but, for some reason, you have the feeling of being observed. What do you do with the paint in the glass? [[You throw it at the table. The plain white is too dull|I88]] [[You dip your fingers on it. It’s so shiny... It’s begging for you to do it|I89]] [[You drink it. It looks like it’s poured carefully for someone, and that might as well be you|I90]]

You throw the paint at the table and it covers it in a far more interesting way than you were expecting it to. There’s something mesmerizing about it. “How beautiful” - You think. - How interesting - Says a very deep voice, from behind you. When you turn around, you find a nine foot tall creature that seems to be intrinsically made of white light, but contained in a dark, ripped vessel. It also has big black horns and a pair of large wings. Its eyes are simply holes of light. The creature slowly moves to stand closer to you. - I am Mendax, child, and I go by they. Fear not, I'm kinder than I look. At least for your current-incarnated human standards, that is. - They laugh, and their supernaturally deep voice echoes in the empty you find yourselves in. [[Continue|I91]]<<set $Dip to 1>>

You dip your fingers on the paint. Its texture is a lot like you imagined and actually feels nice. The colors are even more vivid against your skin. There’s something mesmerizing about them. “How beautiful” - You think. - How interesting - Says a very deep voice, from behind you. When you turn around, you find a nine foot tall creature that seems to be intrinsically made of white light, but contained in a dark, ripped vessel. It also has big black horns and a pair of large wings. Its eyes are simply holes of light. The creature slowly moves to stand closer to you. - I am Mendax, child, and I go by they. Fear not, I'm kinder than I look. At least for your current-incarnated human standards, that is. - They laugh, and their supernaturally deep voice echoes in the empty you find yourselves in. [[Continue|I91]] <<set $Dip to 2>>

In a moment of inspiration and madness, you drink the paint from the beautiful glass. Its taste is surprisingly a lot better than you expected. Some of the paint gets on your lips and, when you run your fingers on them to clean yourself, you can see that the colors are even more vivid against your skin. There’s something mesmerizing about them. “How beautiful” - You think. - How interesting - Says a very deep voice, from behind you. When you turn around, you find a nine foot tall creature that seems to be intrinsically made of white light, but contained in a dark, ripped vessel. It also has big black horns and a pair of large wings. Its eyes are simply holes of light. The creature slowly moves to stand closer to you. - I am Mendax, child, and I go by they. Fear not, I'm kinder than I look. At least for your current-incarnated human standards, that is. - They laugh, and their supernaturally deep voice echoes in the empty you find yourselves in. [[Continue|I91]] <<set $Dip to 3>>

Mendax looks at you, sizing you with their gaze. - It’s been a while since someone simply <><<if $Dip==1>>threw the paint at the table<<elseif $Dip==2>>dipped their fingers into the paint<<else>>drank the paint<</if>><> like that. - They raise one hand and, with a couple of movements, the table, the glass and the paint are fully gone. If you weren’t surprised by that display yet, you surely are now as a fancy chair appears behind them and they adjust their huge wings to sit comfortably. Tell me, little one. If I were to say that you are the one I’ve been looking for, what would you tell me? You tilt your head, confused at the question. Mendax looks at you intensely, however. They’re waiting for an answer. [[“Then, I’d say that you have found the one you were looking for.”|I92]] [[“Then, I’d say that you are mistaken, for I am not the one you are looking for.”|I93]] [[“Then, I’d ask who it is that you are looking for, for I might actually be the one.”|I94]]

- How bold! - Mendax smiles at your answer, the holes of light that are their eyes shine even more - I have an idea of what it is that you are inclined towards already. - They smile. With a few other movements of their hands, Mendax materializes a tall mirror with a glowing frame beside you. - Look there, little one - They say, pointing at it. When you look at the mirror, you see yourself, but the area around you is a light field, full of different colors and shades of light. It dances and moves around you like it’s alive and contained around your astral form. The more entertained you are by the lights you see, the more they shine, move and change. - That is your aura, little one - Mendax says, pulling you from your amazement state - What does it look like to you? [[“It is beautiful.”|I95]] [[“It is interesting.”|I95]] [[“It is chaotic.”|I95]]

- How incisive! But if you're sure... - Mendax smiles at your answer, the holes of light that are their eyes shine even more - I have an idea of what it is that you are inclined towards already. - They smile. With a few other movements of their hands, Mendax materializes a tall mirror with a glowing frame beside you. - Look there, little one - They say, pointing at it. When you look at the mirror, you see yourself, but the area around you is a light field, full of different colors and shades of light. It dances and moves around you like it’s alive and contained around your astral form. The more entertained you are by the lights you see, the more they shine, move and change. - That is your aura, little one - Mendax says, pulling you from your amazement state - What does it look like to you? [[“It is beautiful.”|I95]] [[“It is interesting.”|I95]] [[“It is chaotic.”|I95]]

- How wise! - Mendax smiles at your answer, the holes of light that are their eyes shine even more - I have an idea of what it is that you are inclined towards already. - They smile. With a few other movements of their hands, Mendax materializes a tall mirror with a glowing frame beside you. - Look there, little one - They say, pointing at it. When you look at the mirror, you see yourself, but the area around you is a light field, full of different colors and shades of light. It dances and moves around you like it’s alive and contained around your astral form. The more entertained you are by the lights you see, the more they shine, move and change. - That is your aura, little one - Mendax says, pulling you from your amazement state - What does it look like to you? [[“It is beautiful.”|I95]] [[“It is interesting.”|I95]] [[“It is chaotic.”|I95]]

- It is, indeed. - They smile and make the mirror disappear, forcing you to turn your attention to them once more - Combining the experiences, feelings and thoughts I have read from your aura and the entertaining reactions you have provided me with just now, I know exactly what you are, child. Mendax laughs, then stands up and starts moving towards you quickly. The sudden movement surprises you, and you think about stepping back, but the void where you are becomes ever more oppressive when you try to move now. With a quick flap of their wings, Mendax reaches you, surprisingly gently. They put a hand on your astral form’s forehead. - Goodbye, child. I hope we’ll see each other again. - And, with a last smile, Mendax hurls you through the void’s floor. [[Continue|I96]] <<timed 30s>><<if $audio>><<audio "wing" play>><</if>><</timed>>

You get out of the water in a gasp, Ian steadies you. While gasping for air and getting used once more to how heavy being in a physical body feels, you notice a warmth on your wrist. As if Ian could feel it as well, he turns your right wrist around and you can see a symbol being formed there. It’s a delicate circle with two horns entangled on it. Ian laughs out loud while you’re dumbfounded. - I knew it! - He says, happily - Your artistic inclination barely ever changes. - What is this? What does it mean? - You ask, confused. - You are a Pluralis! That means you are not tied to an art form and, therefore, can and shall learn different and diverse techniques. - That’s what this symbol means? - You ask, trying to follow. - Precisely! I’m a Pluralis as well. - He says, showing you his right wrist. To your surprise, the symbol begins to appear after a few seconds. Ian sees your face and smiles. [[Continue|I97]] <<audio "IC_Ian" stop>> <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "labirinto" loop play>><</if>><</if>> <<if $audio>><<audio "Fonte" volume 0.1 loop play>> <</if>>

- They do not need to be visible all the time, $FirstName. It’ll actually disappear in a few days, since it’s a mark for your soul, not your flesh. - He says. You nod, but notice that Ian’s circle doesn’t have horns through it, but a couple of flowers instead. - Why is your symbol different? - You ask. - That’s because only the circle means that we are Pluralis. The details on it represent the spirit that welcomed you - Ian’s eyes glint - Mendax was the one who talked to you, weren’t they? - Ian asks, looking very fond. - They were! How do you know one another? - You ask. - They taught me a lot, that’s all. We should get going for now, the new members must be getting restless! - Ian says, chuckling unapologetically. - Of course! - You agree. Ian helps you to your feet and you go outside. The members, now, look very excited to take part in the ceremony, as it seems like the Miracle of Glasses was glowing in beautiful ways while you were inside. [[Continue|I98]]

<<notify 8s>>Division profile updated!<</notify>>As you observe Ian taking the fellow members inside, one by one, the glass structure changes, bends and glows beautifully. The new members always come out excitedly from it, not even minding the fact that they are wet. Each with their own symbol on the right wrist and a new perspective to follow from now on. When they are done, Ben come to your side to show you their symbol. They’re a Sana: a person inclined to art forms related to the sound and, therefore, their symbol is a triangle pointing upwards. Mendax’s horns embrace the triangle beautifully as well, which brings a knowing smile to your face. [[Continue|I99]] <<set $UpdateArtisticInc to 1>> <<audio "Fonte" stop>> <<audio "labirinto" stop>> <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "Artists" volume 0.5 loop play>><</if>><</if>>

<<notify 3s>>Autosaving!<</notify>>Way faster than you thought it would take, Ian comes back with the last of the new members to be initiated and moves to stand by your side with Ben, joining the friendly chatter that is going on. Taking a discrete moment of silence, you observe how all of you form a cohesive group. The smile on your faces is contagious and the atmosphere around you is light and visibly beautiful. You are an artist now, and a Pluralis at that, but that isn’t the realization that actually makes you emotional tonight. You are home. [[Continue|I100]]

You open the door to find a pretty bedroom with a large bed, beige curtains, a desk, a dressing table, shelves, and a brown wardrobe. Entering and taking your shoes off to relax, you immediately step on a fluffy, large white mat that is laid on top of the shiny wooden floor. The room looks very nice and, as you make your way to the balcony that gives view to the entertaining buildings that you saw when landing, you also notice that your belongings have been carefully put in a corner of the room. Looking outside, you can see that every floor has several balconies as well. It seems like this is the standard for everyone's room. [[Continue|I22]]

After placing most of your things in their appropriate place, you lean back on your bed and relax. It’s around 5 pm when you hear a gentle knock at the door. When you open it, a very friendly woman hands you a package with the clothes you’ll be wearing tonight, along with a small box with shoes. When you open the package, there is a long, white robe inside made of a light and soft fabric with a delicate silver pattern sewed on it. It wouldn’t be exuberant if seen from afar, but its beauty definitely lies on the amazingly tailored details it has. The sleeves are long and have a see through embroidery at the end, close to the wrist. [[You are excited to try it |I69]] [[It’s pretty, but not all that exciting|I70]] <<set $Disorganized +=1>>

That’s until you hear someone humming a soft tune. It’s very melodic and, for a second, you wonder if people from The Artists division are also going to be waiting in this room. Not long after, a person of average height enters the waiting room. Their hazel eyes are vibrantly bright and their dark brown hair is shaved on the side. Their steps are deaf and, if this is any indication, you assume that they are actually a fellow diplomat. Their clothes are mostly black and, in contrast to their deeply serene front, they wear a shirt portraying the Fallen Angel by Alexandre Cabanel. Oddly, when they see you, their eyes light up even more and they walk straight up to you, with a sympathetic smile. - Hello! I’m Alex and I go by they! - They say. [[You greet them warmly|E15]] [[You greet them politely|E16]]

- Hello, Alex, nice to meet you! I’m $FirstName and I go by $Pronoun. - You reply. Alex looks at you for a moment with a sincere smile. They seem very much willing to talk to you, which is odd, given that you don’t know one another and the rest of the people in the room seem to have the opposite disposition. - May I sit with you? - They ask, gesturing to the chair beside yours. - Yes, of course. Nice shirt! - You reply. - Thank you! I like its expressiveness. One has to be very observant to capture all of these details that convey emotion. I’d bet some money that the person who made this is a diplomat, in their core. - Alex say, smiling and adjusting their shirt so that you can take a closer look at the angel’s eyes. After that, you fall silent for a few moments. Alex’s face, however, suddenly morphs into pure amusement. They eye the room quickly, and then hum. It sounds like they have reached an obvious, yet fun conclusion. - So, you really are the one who’s been having trouble awakening... - Alex lean on the arm of the chair, locking your eyes on theirs as if to confirm their suspicion. [[Continue|E17]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

- Hi, Alex. I’m $FirstName and I go by $Pronoun. - You reply. Alex looks at you for a moment with a sincere smile. They seem very much willing to talk to you, which is odd, given that you don’t know one another and the rest of the people in the room seem to have the opposite disposition. - May I sit with you? - They ask, gesturing to the chair beside yours. - Yes, sure. - You reply. You look at Alex's shirt once more. You are impressed by how good the printing is up close. Alex notices your gaze. - I like its expressiveness - Alex say, smiling and adjusting their shirt so that you can take a closer look at the angel’s eyes - One has to be very observant to capture all of these details that convey emotion. I’d bet some money that the person who made this is a diplomat, in their core. - I can definitely agree with that... It's a beautiful piece - You say. After that, you fall silent for a few moments. Alex’s face, however, suddenly morphs into pure amusement. They eye the room quickly, and then hum. It sounds like they have reached an obvious, yet fun conclusion. - So, you really are the one who’s been having trouble awakening... - Alex lean on the arm of the chair, locking your eyes on theirs as if to confirm their suspicion. [[Continue|E17]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

- Yes! how do you know? - You ask, surprised. - Oh, everybody in this room does! - They let out a kind laugh - You not only look like a living definition of confusion, $FirstName, but we can also feel your aura oscillating. That’s why everybody is giving you your own time to adjust. They aren’t usually these quiet fellows! - They gesticulate towards the people in the room and some of them look like they’ve been called out, while others laugh at their lack of discretion. Alex raise an eyebrow at that. - <<print ucfirst($Pronoun)>> <<are>> fine, companions. Awakening problems happen all the time, we know that! - They say, and the people in the room seem to relax slightly at those words. Some friendly chatter starts. They turn to you. [[Continue|E18]]

- Also! What you and Elya did that night was important to keep the situation under control, we appreciate it - They lean closer to you, as if to tell you a secret - Co-existing in the same body as one of the leaders is very honoring. A lot of us dream of that! You smile curiously, but also catch yourself admiring Alex’s natural ability to manage stressful situations. It’s refreshing and, if you weren’t before, now you are sure this is a diplomat. You also see this as a good opportunity to ask something. [[“How much can you remember already?”|E19]]

Alex look thoughtful before responding. - Bits and pieces of about five lives now… It’s difficult to say for sure, since the memories can get a little mixed up. But the more time passes, the better you will be able to recognize and rearrange them. They'll come to you very naturally and, once they do, you’ll feel like they’ve always been there. Well, at least it’s like that for the pleasant ones. - They reply, trying to comfort you, but also being honest. You feel a little scared, since you have no idea what you might have done in the past. You decide not to dwell on that feeling, however. [[“Do you know where we’re going?”|E20]]

Alex smile at you humoredly. - Oh, I’m afraid that answer I do not have for you... I know it’s probably a very nice place, though, given the memories I’ve been able to retrieve about the divisions I’ve been a part of back in Jupiter. - They say. You laugh. - That's fair - You say - Also, I've been meaning to ask... [[“Why is co-existing in the same body as someone else such a big deal?”|E21]]

Alex look at you and their face morphs into a malicious, playful expression. They laugh. - Well, I will spare you from the details, but it truly is a big deal. It could be analogically compared to what cuddling with someone for a long time is in human terms. The most special part, though, is that, since it’s a mental and spiritual process, you end up having access to all of each other’s feelings and secrets as well! - They say, gesturing with both hands in the air, in the general shape of a picture. [[You find it funny|E22]] [[You find it embarassing|E23]]

You can imagine what they’re picturing, but the way they say it is too funny for you to feel embarassed. Alex laugh for a few moments before their expression melts into something a little more amiable, once again. They continue: - In all seriousness, it amplifies both of your abilities and usually means that one body will possess both of the souls’s strength and more, since syntony also adds its own power to it. I must say, though, that it’s not easy to get to a point in which you can share a body with another soul. Both of you have to trust one another fully, because of exposure, and also be in perfect sync, which isn’t all that easy either - They say, looking somewhat more serious. You find this an interesting piece of information. You haven’t really stopped to think about what co-existing in one body entails, but things make a little more sense to you now, especially the fact that you potentially agreed to it in a distant past, since it sounds like something that would take a lot of preparation. - I see... Thank you, Alex! You’ve been very helpful - You say, honestly. - Of course! I’m glad I could help! - They reply, looking at you kindly. [[Continue|E24]] <<set $Blunt += 1>>

You can imagine what they’re picturing. Your cheeks flush. When Alex notice it, their expression melts into something a little more amiable, once again. They continue: - In all seriousness, it amplifies both of your abilities and usually means that one body will possess both of the souls’s strength and more, since syntony also adds its own power to it. I must say, though, that it’s not easy to get to a point in which you can share a body with another soul. Both of you have to trust one another fully, because of exposure, and also be in perfect sync, which isn’t all that easy either - They say, looking somewhat more serious. You find this an interesting piece of information. You haven’t really stopped to think about what co-existing in one body entails, but things make a little more sense to you now, especially the fact that you potentially agreed to it in a distant past, since it sounds like something that would take a lot of preparation. - I see... Thank you, Alex! You’ve been very helpful - You say, honestly. - Of course! I’m glad I could help! - They reply, looking at you kindly. [[Continue|E24]] <<set $Shy +=1>>

You and Alex settle in a comfortable silence after that. Fortunately, your anxiety seems to dissipate a little after talking to someone and time goes by relatively quicker. At a given moment, all of you are led to a modest white-and-blue private plane. You and Alex exchange a few more words and stay close to each other most of the time. Sitting by one of the plane’s windows, during the five hours that the remainder of the trip takes, the landscape below you grows increasingly less familiar. Soon, you stop seeing buildings or houses and everything is green, wide and looks uninhabited. That is until the plane starts losing altitude and you spot a huge, bright light field in the distance. Squinting your eyes to try to take a look, you’re amazed by what you see inside. [[Continue|E25]]

It is a small, functional set of buildings standing alone in a large open field. The buildings are big, tall and striking, but they are also set in a welcoming circular disposition, but relatively away from one another. You can also see a round structure in the central area of the buildings that is definitely too big to be a table, but resembles one. On top of it, there’s a large tree made out of entangled shiny silver strings, as an ornament. In contrast, set in random-looking locations, you spot a few clearly planned gardens as well. Nature is abundant and beautiful, inside and around it. The whole atmosphere changes when the plane enters the light field and you instantly feel more at ease. This effect seems to spread to everyone on board. It’s night time when your feet touch land again. All of you look exhausted, but rather excited. [[Continue|E26]] <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "musica_feliz" volume 0.4 loop play>><</if>>

You are, then, guided to a restaurant with broad windows and warm lights, that actually looks ordinary until you notice that the ambient music is provided by instruments playing themselves in a corner. You think about asking Alex about it while you’re eating, only to realize that they are nearly falling asleep on their plate. “Maybe tomorrow” - You think, as you chuckle and make a small noise on the table to wake them up. After having dinner, finally, all of you are led to a big building by a friendly-looking senior diplomat. The main hall is wide and well-illuminated. There’s a map of the set of buildings on the wall behind the reception desk. The kind receptionist gives you a key that has “$LastName” on it and is for room 101. [[Continue|E27]]

You look around for Alex who now, surprisingly, is nowhere to be found. After walking around the hall for a bit, earning a few nods and smiles from the other members as you pass by them, tiredness starts getting the best of you and you reason that you’re likely to find Alex easily later anyways, so you decide to head to your room to rest. On the first floor, you find the room labeled 101 easily enough. It is a big white door with wooden details on it. You open the door to find a pretty bedroom with a large bed, beige curtains, a desk, a dressing table, shelves, and a brown wardrobe. Entering and taking your shoes off to relax, you immediately step on a fluffy, large white mat that is laid on top of the shiny wooden floor. The room looks very nice and, as you make your way to the balcony that gives view to the large silver tree sculpture that you saw when landing, you also notice that your belongings have been carefully put in a corner of the room. [[Continue|E28]]

Looking outside, you can see that every floor has several balconies as well. It seems like this is the standard for everyone's room. There’s a small bathroom in your room and, as soon as you spot it, you realize that you are more than ready to take a shower. However nice it is, it’s been a tiring day. You step under the wide shower head and let the warm water relax your muscles while you clean yourself. When you get out of the shower, you wrap yourself in one of the white towels that are cutely folded and set by the side of the sink. You feel actually relaxed for the first time in the day. There’s, then, a faint knock at the door. - I’m coming! - You say, as you quickly put on comfortable, yet somewhat presentable clothes. [[Continue|E29]]

When you open the door, Elya is standing in the hallway with his arms crossed, leaning against the wall and looking very thoughtful. He smiles brightly when he sees you. - $FirstName. - He says. His deep voice combined with the fresh breeze that suddenly comes into your room gives you goosebumps. - Hi! - You answer, somewhat surprised to see him. - I came to check in on you! May I come in for a moment?- He says, assessing you calmly. You smile. - Yes, of course, come on in! - You say, moving to the side to give him room to enter. [[Continue|E30]]

Elya enters the room while pushing his golden hair back. He walks slowly and stops close to your bed, looking around. He’s dressed casually with a white buttoned shirt and navy blue, well-tailored high waisted pants with golden details on the waist. He’s also wearing formal black shoes, but those have a delicate, faint branch of white flowers engraved on their side. You realize that, given his looks, height and sense of style, Elya would make a great model. The thought makes you laugh, and... [[Oddly, you also realize that you are attracted to Elya|E31]] [[You realize that you have made quite a stylish friend|E32]]

Elya looks at you at tilts his head. Then, he cheatingly tries to decipher your aura, only for his face to morph into an even deeper confusion. - What is it? - He asks, not being able to stop a smile of his own from surfacing when he notices that you won’t stop giggling. - You look like a model! - You say, gesturing to his outfit. - Oh! - Elya laughs, realizing why you’ve been so humored just by looking at him. His face, then, changes into something slightly less kind, a little more teasing - You are complimenting my looks, however, aren’t you? You’re caught off guard by his change of attitude. To your surprise, apparently innocently, Elya also starts assessing your physical body. He seems to reach a conclusion. - The same could be said about you - He says, smiling - <><<if $Height=="short">>Although your height might not be ideal for the earthly standards for that profession<<elseif $Height=="average">>Although your height might not be ideal for the earthly standards for that profession<<elseif $Height=="tall-ish">>Although your height might not be ideal for the earthly standards for that profession<<else>>Even your height seems to be ideal for the earthly standards for that profession<</if>><>. - That’s quite mean, but… You are complimenting my looks, however, aren’t you? - You say, straightening your posture to sound a little more like him, playfully. [[Continue|E33]]

Elya lets out a sound laughter at that. Golden glimpses of light shine around the room insistently. It leaves you intimately surprised how naturally the conversation between the two of you flow. - I was, indeed. Did you have a nice trip? - He asks. His expression is sincere, once more. - Oh, sure! It was nice. It’s really beautiful here. - You answer, <><<if $ElyaFriend==1>>relieved that the compliments the two of you exchanged didn’t make the conversation awkward, after all<<else>>a little shy about the blunt compliment he so nonchalantly gave you<</if>><>. - Great! I also came to tell you that tomorrow you’ll be taking part in the initiation ceremony along with the other new members. It will be announced in the morning, but I wanted to let you know about it first, since you don’t need any other surprises, I’m sure. - He says, while smiling at you tenderly. - Right… And what’s an initiation ceremony? - You ask, curious. [[Continue|E34]]

Elya looks thoughtful for a moment, then his face lights up as if he's just found the right words to use while explaining it to you. - It’s a ceremony in which you’ll learn what diplomatic approach suits you better in this lifetime, as well as where you become a fully initiated member of The Diplomats division. You can also see it as a celebration, of a sort. - He says. - And what exactly is a diplomatic approach? - You ask. <><<if $ElyaFriend==1>>Elya leans against one of the walls before speaking again. His bright, icy-blue eyes focus on you.<<else>>To your surprise, Elya comfortably sits on the edge of your bed before answering, crossing his legs. His bright, icy-blue eyes focus on you and, once again, you feel bare under his gaze.<</if>><> - There are people that are naturally more assertive and direct, while others are quieter, more subtle and understanding. Some would think the latter aren’t great diplomats, given their introspective nature. History, however, has been adamant in disagreeing with them - Elya says and grins at you - That’s the main idea behind a diplomatic approach… It’s how you go about situations and interact with people. While you process the information, Elya glances at your packed bellogings. - Do you need a hand with unpacking?- He asks, looking at you attentively. [[You do|E35]] [[You don't. You can cover that|E36]]

- Oh, I can handle most of it, but I'd like to have a hand with hanging a painting. - You say politely, pointing at the big package on top of your things. - Of course! I can manage that easily for you. Excuse me. - He says, with an honest smile. Instead of walking towards the big package as you imagined he would, Elya raises one hand and looks very serious for a moment, concentrating. The painting, then, starts hovering towards you smoothly and, when Elya’s eyes focus on each of the tapes holding the packaging around it together, the painting starts revealing itself slowly, being released from the wrappers in the air. - This is beautiful... - Elya says, looking at the painting portraying you, Emma and Thomas. - It really is. - You reply, amazed by the unconventional method of unpacking, but also looking at the picture fondly and remembering how it was one of the highlights of your day. Elya smiles and nods silently, guiding the hovering painting to an empty space on the wall, beside your bed. He shoots you a glance, silently asking for permission to place it there. You nod. [[Continue|E37]]

- Oh, don’t worry about it! I’ll do that later. - You say, politely declining his gentle offer. - That package on top seems quite big and heavy… - He says, referring to the painting Emma gave you. He proceeds to look at your physical form once again, as if trying to see if you would be able to carry that without struggling. Apparently, he arrives at “nope” for an answer: - I can handle that easily, if you’d let me. - He says, with an honest smile. - Oh, sure, if you really wouldn’t mind. But be careful, please, it’s a painting. - You say, smiling at his insistence. - Of course! - He answers. Instead of walking towards the big package as you imagined he would, Elya raises one hand and looks very serious for a moment, concentrating. The painting, then, starts hovering towards you smoothly and, when Elya’s eyes focus on each of the tapes holding the packaging around it together, the painting starts revealing itself slowly, being released from the wrappers in the air. - This is beautiful... - Elya says, looking at the painting portraying you, Emma and Thomas. - It really is. - You reply, amazed by the unconventional method of unpacking, but also looking at the picture fondly and remembering how it was one of the highlights of your day. Elya smiles and nods silently, guiding the hovering painting to an empty space on the wall, beside your bed. He shoots you a glance, silently asking for permission to place it there. You nod. [[Continue|E37]]

He places it effortlessly on the wall and, moving closer to see, you realize that a nail is holding it in place even though you didn’t see him using any. - How did you do that? - You ask, impressed. - I influenced and re-shaped matter on a small scale, $FirstName. You’re actually not that bad at it! - He says jokingly, but looking at you with a hint of fond nostalgia in his eyes - Well, that is all for today, really. I should leave you to rest! He smiles and starts making his way to the door. You enjoy his company, but given how tired you are, you can’t disagree with him leaving without him seeing right through your actual physical state, once more. - Thank you, Elya! I’ll see you tomorrow! - You answer. Before he leaves, he looks back at you once more. - Good night, $FirstName! If you need anything from me, think about me in the most realistic way you can by this door, and I’ll try to come. Ah! - He puts a hand up, smiling and stopping you from voicing any questions - It’s enough for today, I’ll explain how it works for you eventually, I promise. - Aw... - You laugh, defeated - Goodnight, Elya! He looks at you kindly once more before leaving, then closes the door behind him. [[Continue|E38]]

You, then, proceed to lie down on your new bed and the white covers engulf you. They’re very soft and comfortable. As you’re settling, however, you hear yet another soft knock at the door, followed by a sweet voice. - Hey, $FirstName? This is Alex. - They say. - Alex! I was looking for you. Just a second. - You reply, starting to get up. - Oh! Don’t even bother opening the door, I’m just passing by. I just wanted to let you know that my room is nearby, 105! Isn’t it nice? If you need anything, let me know! - They say kindly, from the other side of the door. - Oh, will do, thank you! You too! - You answer, unable to keep yourself from smiling at their quirkiness. - Ok! See you! - They answer, and you can hear them leaving calmly. “This might not be so bad, after all” - You think, still processing everything that happened today while allowing your body to slowly give in to sleep. Unfortunately, when sleep finally comes, it doesn’t bring only peace, as you would have hoped. [[Continue|E39]]

<img src="Chapter six.png" class="centerC"/><<notify 3s>>Autosaving!<</notify>> When you’re deep asleep, in a flow as natural as that of a river, memories start coming to you and, as if it’d never been forgotten, you now remember your all-time favorite color, which is: [[Black|E40][$FavColor to "black"]] [[White|E40][$FavColor to "white"]] [[Turquoise|E40][$FavColor to "turquoise"]] [[Green|E40][$FavColor to "green"]] [[Blue|E40][$FavColor to "blue"]] [[Yellow|E40][$FavColor to "yellow"]] [[Purple|E40][$FavColor to "purple"]] <<audio "musica_feliz" stop>> <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "chegada" loop play>><</if>>

<<notify 8s>>Read about the flowers in the extra menu!<</notify>> And, with that, you can see pretty $FavColor flashes of light dancing on your mind. Suddenly, you can also remember your all-time favorite flowers, which are: [[Orchides|E41][$FavFlower to "orchides"]] [[Lillies|E41][$FavFlower to "lillies"]] [[Roses|E41][$FavFlower to "roses"]] [[Sunflowers|E41][$FavFlower to "sunflowers"]] [[Tulips|E41][$FavFlower to "tulips"]] [[Yédys (Jupiterian)|E41][$FavFlower to "yédys"]] [[Yunzýas (Jupiterian)|E41][$FavFlower to "yunzýas"]] [[Oenpôes (Jupiterian)|E41][$FavFlower to "oenpôes"]] <<set $Extra to 1>>

And, once more, you can feel the smell of $FavFlower in the air, as if you were awake and in a field full of them. These peaceful discoveries, however, are pushed to the back of your mind as a strong, realistic memory surfaces. You find yourself in an almost completely dark cave. It’s wet, cold, and lifeless. You can also feel your body way lighter than usual, as if gravity acceleration wasn’t as impactful in this place. As your eyes adjust to the darkness of the environment, you can now see that a dark creature is at the end of the cave, looking at you with eyes full of rage. It is humanoid, but its body is very tall, slender and completely black. Its eyes are of deep turquoise and silver and there’s no distinction between the irises and the rest. Their claws scratch the cave’s wall insistently. When you take a step closer to it, your heart aches in a way you didn’t think was possible. - Jyz, it doesn’t have to be like this. - You say, looking at the creature and begging. To your surprise, your heart is full of love and... despair when you say those words. [[Continue|E42]]

The creature growls at you angrily in a way that sends chills through your whole body. It, then, proceeds to speak in a terrifying voice that would make you, under normal circumstances, run away at once. - Get out of here before I rip your lungs out of your chest. I have no salvation. - It answers. You are startled when you hear that, for two different reasons. The first is the fact that they sound very serious when they threaten to cause you physical harm. The second is that you know the creature is, in fact, Elya. They do not look or feel even remotely similar. Their voices are also completely different, but looking deeply into Jyz’s eyes, you somehow know who this really is. This is Elya. “That’s impossible. What happened to you?” - You think, looking at the creature. The longer you stare at it, the further your heart breaks. Your eyes hurt as tears painfully break their way to the surface. [[Continue|E43]]

You notice that the creature is crying as well. Its sadness, however, quickly turns to anger once more and it starts to menacingly run towards you. The air around it is chaotic, full of conflict, rage, and you simply know: it is going to kill you. Contrary to all of your instincts, you don’t move. You close your wet eyes and focus on this weird feeling of painful love that, now, fills your whole torso. When the creature sees that you won’t move, it hesitates and, using the momentum created by their fierce movement in your direction, it violently craves its own claws on its chest. You open your eyes, surprised by the awful noise of flesh ripping and smell of blood that now fills the whole air, especially because those don’t come from you. [[Continue|E44]]

Without having actual control of your body, you embrace the creature mid-air and drop to the floor with it on your arms. It embraces you, choking on its own blood, struggling to mutter a couple of words. - I’m sorry… The creature’s breath becomes wildly uneven for a moment and it seems to be in subtle agony while hanging on strongly to your arms, accidentally scratching them. After a few more moments, sadly, life leaves its enormous body like a breeze. A last breath that comes out weakly, slowly, never again to return to their lungs. You let out a scream of despair, sadness and pain. It comes from the deepest corners of your soul and scratches every inch of your throat on its way out. Jyz is gone. Elya is gone. [[Continue|E45]]

You wake up in a gasp, tears on your eyes. Your breathing is uneven and, suddenly, the once cozy room feels threatening and oppressive. The next thing you notice is a golden light field around you and, when you look to the right corner of the room, you spot Elya standing there silently, his eyes brighter than usual. Contrary to his usually kind-looking self, he looks very serious and his expression is sad and pained. He notices your gaze upon him and undoes the light field surrounding you with one hand. Then, forcing a weak smile on his face, he approaches your bed slowly. - I’m sorry that you started with that one. - He says, averting his gaze and looking deeply ashamed. It’s an odd look on him. Seeing Elya safe and sound now makes you feel the urge of… [[Hugging him|E46]] [[Talking to him|E47]] [[Demanding an explanation|E48]] <><<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<audio "chegada" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "dark_ambient" loop play>><</if>><>

The relief of seeing Elya alive and well after all of the suffering you just remembered is stronger than any question you might have. Before you can stop yourself, you get out of bed and embrace him in a tight hug. To your surprise, Elya hugs you back longingly and buries his face on your <<if $Height!= "Very tall">>hair<<else>>chest<</if>>. His grip on you is so tight that you almost have to warn him not to break your back. You stay like that for a few minutes before he breaks the hug and takes a couple of steps back. Elya is definitely way stronger than he looks. [[Continue|E49]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

The relief of seeing Elya alive and in one piece is big, but you are utterly perplexed. - Elya, what was that memory? - You say. Your voice is weak, almost a whisper, and it doesn't have an accusatory tone. You really just want to understand what is happening to you. Elya sighs deeply. Then, he straightens your bed's positioning easily with one hand, since it seems like it's a bit crooked now. You hadn’t had a chance to notice this before, but Elya is way stronger than he looks. [[Continue|E49]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

The relief of seeing Elya alive and in one piece is big, but you are utterly perplexed and frustrated. - Can you please tell me what the hell was that memory? - You say. Your voice comes out louder than you planned it to. Elya sighs deeply. Then, he straightens your bed's positioning easily with one hand, since it seems like it is a bit crooked now. You hadn’t had a chance to notice this before, but Elya is way stronger than he looks. [[Continue|E49]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

He looks a little more like his kind self when you look at his face now, and it’s oddly reassuring. He prepares himself to speak: - I’m very sorry for intruding into your room like this - He says, his face looking tired and red - But your aura was extremely unstable and you were calling for me insistently through it. To be more precise, you were mourning for who I once was. I needed to be by your side. It’s also common that one gets violent with themselves while retrieving a painful memory, so I locked you in place until you woke up naturally. He stops and looks a little bashful before saying the next part. - I also read your memory and, therefore, your thoughts from your aura. I hope you’ll pardon my intrusion into your head as well, but I needed to know in order to assist you afterwards. - He says. You hum. The light field around you makes sense now, but you’re more puzzled about the memory itself than about Elya’s methods. - “Jyz”... That was you, wasn’t it?… And I watched you die. - You say. Elya nods. - What happened? - You ask. - To be honest, that wasn’t the first nor the last time one of us watched the other die - Elya says, and his expression is almost amused by it - Although it is terrible that you had to go through how it felt again - He makes a pained expression, sympathetically. Then his face falls into sadness, once again - We were Jyz and Rain in that lifetime. Can we? Elya tilts his head towards the balcony, as if asking for you to step outside. When you do, he follows. [[Continue|E50]]

Luckily, the weather is nice and the sun is just dawning. It paints the sky and the clouds with a red-orange tone that also reflects on the wide, peaceful lake that you can see in the distance from the balcony. You lean on the parapet and stay silent, while Elya moves closer to you and prepares himself to continue. After being reflective for a few moments, he starts: - That was around 103 lives ago, on a planet called L-0140. Naturally, there was a name by which it went in our language at the time, but we can’t make the sounds required to say it anymore. It’s always interesting to me how our minds manage to translate the names, regardless. In any case, the creature you saw hiding in that cave was me, Jyz. - He says. Goosebumps run down your spine when you hear those words. Now that you are awake and able to think logically, you can assess just how huge and terrifying Jyz really was. [[Continue|E51]]

Elya shoots his icy-blue eyes in your direction with a knowing look. He still looks slightly ashamed, but there’s a hint of enjoyment in his gaze. - Trust me, I’m aware… - He smiles - It was definitely not my brightest moment. He takes a deep breath. - At the time of that memory, L-0140 was a planet of mainly atonement, spiritually speaking. I was there in that body form as a punishment for a terrible thing that I did in an yet another life - His facial expression completely twists at those words and his body tenses up. This is a delicate matter for him. You... [[Reassure him physically|E52]] [[Show sympathy for his pain|E53]] [[Let him continue|E54]]

You squeeze his shoulder in a reassuring gesture. Elya looks at you appreciatively before letting out a breath he didn’t know he was holding. He continues: - I had to live in dark places because, although dark, my skin was very sensitive to sunlight. A curse - Actual pain manifests on his features - My appearance was foul and my instincts took the best of me very easily, so no other creature dared to try and bond with me. I was damned to be alone, choking on my own guilt and regret for a lifetime. But then, there was Rain. A gift, I must say. Elya is still looking in the distance, but a tender smile appears on his lips. The orange-red dawning sunlight reflects on his eyes and makes them glow even more. This interesting tone suits them. Elya seems oblivious to your staring, continuing from where he stopped: - You, who went by Rain at the time, were living on another planet already, but always came to visit me. It would take you three days to get there, and even though it was so, you periodically came to see me. I refused to talk to you at first, but you would sit on the cave and tell me about everything there was on this nice planet that you were living on, describing it as vividly as you could, so I would be able to imagine it. You would also bring me food and exotic drinks. It was very sweet of you but... I actually hated you for that. [[Continue|E55]] <<set $Warm +=1>> <<set $ElyaRoute +=1>>

You close the distance between you and look at him sympathetically. Elya looks at you appreciatively before letting out a breath he didn’t know he was holding. He continues: - I had to live in dark places because, although dark, my skin was very sensitive to sunlight. A curse - Actual pain manifests on his features - My appearance was foul and my instincts took the best of me very easily, so no other creature dared to try and bond with me. I was damned to be alone, choking on my own guilt and regret for a lifetime. But then, there was Rain. A gift, I must say. Elya is still looking in the distance, but a tender smile appears on his lips. The orange-red dawning sunlight reflects on his eyes and makes them glow even more. This interesting tone suits them. Elya seems oblivious to your staring, continuing from where he stopped: - You, who went by Rain at the time, were living on another planet already, but always came to visit me. It would take you three days to get there, and even though it was so, you periodically came to see me. I refused to talk to you at first, but you would sit on the cave and tell me about everything there was on this nice planet that you were living on, describing it as vividly as you could, so I would be able to imagine it. You would also bring me food and exotic drinks. It was very sweet of you but... I actually hated you for that. [[Continue|E55]] <<set $Warm +=1>> <<set $ElyaRoute +=1>>

You remain quiet to give him space to recompose himself. Elya stops talking and concentrates for a few moments before letting out a breath he didn’t know he was holding. He continues: - I had to live in dark places because, although dark, my skin was very sensitive to sunlight. A curse - Actual pain manifests on his features - My appearance was foul and my instincts took the best of me very easily, so no other creature dared to try and bond with me. I was damned to be alone, choking on my own guilt and regret for a lifetime. But then, there was Rain. A gift, I must say. Elya is still looking in the distance, but a tender smile appears on his lips. The orange-red dawning sunlight reflects on his eyes and makes them glow even more. This interesting tone suits them. Elya seems oblivious to your staring, continuing from where he stopped: - You, who went by Rain at the time, were living on another planet already, but always came to visit me. It would take you three days to get there, and even though it was so, you periodically came to see me. I refused to talk to you at first, but you would sit on the cave and tell me about everything there was on this nice planet that you were living on, describing it as vividly as you could, so I would be able to imagine it. You would also bring me food and exotic drinks. It was very sweet of you but... I actually hated you for that. [[Continue|E55]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

He pauses and closes his eyes. When he opens them again, they’re wet. You think about intervening, but the atmosphere around Elya is heavy and dense. He needs to be heard right now, that much you can tell. A couple of tears are shed from his eyes before he resumes: - I hated you because you knew what I’d done, I did it before you and, therefore, I was deeply ashamed of you. You had all of the reasons to hate me as well and that’s what I thought you should do, that was the redemption I was seeking: being hated by someone I valued. That was the punishment I deserved. But you… you refused to despise me as I probably would have done with you without a second thought at the time. - Elya chokes a bit on his words as he says that. [[Ask him what it is that he did. You might be able to follow better that way |E56e]] [[Remain quiet. It doesn’t seem like an appropriate moment to ask about what he did |E57]] [[Nod encouragingly, so he’ll continue speaking. This seems hard enough without questions already|E58]]

He looks at you and takes a deep breath, trying to focus. His voice is steadier the next time he speaks: - Then, one day, you caught me at a very bad moment. I simply couldn’t take the conflict of emotions that your visits inflicted in my heart. I was angry, but also pleased. Glad, but also miserable. I missed you... but I hated you. That was the day I decided to threaten your existence, so you would never return. You knew me well enough by then, so I had to make it believable. Elya looks at you and, now, he isn’t as deeply pained as he was seconds ago. Surprisingly, you start to see golden glimpses of light dancing all around him: - Contrary to my expectations, you didn’t run away. Brave small being you were... - He smiles warmly - Since I didn’t expect you to actually stay, I put a little too much strength in chasing you, and I knew I would kill you if I kept going. [[Continue|E59]]

He nods to you slowly and takes a deep breath, trying to focus. A small smile appears on his lips to you, before his face falls again into a dark frown. His voice is steadier the next time he speaks: - Then, one day, you caught me at a very bad moment. I simply couldn’t take the conflict of emotions that your visits inflicted in my heart. I was angry, but also pleased. Glad, but also miserable. I missed you... but I hated you. That was the day I decided to threaten your existence, so you would never return. You knew me well enough by then, so I had to make it believable. Elya looks at you and, now, he isn’t as deeply pained as he was seconds ago. Surprisingly, you start to see golden glimpses of light dancing all around him: - Contrary to my expectations, you didn’t run away. Brave small being you were... - He smiles warmly - Since I didn’t expect you to actually stay, I put a little too much strength in chasing you, and I knew I would kill you if I kept going. [[Continue|E59]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

Elya turns to look in the distance once more. The light around him grows more intense and his eyes are wet once more. - Like a snap, the conflict within me came to an end. I’d rather take my own life than yours. Finally, a sacrifice - He turns his face to you - It may sound terrible to you now, but that’s where I started healing, really. Keeping myself from harming my stubborn best friend owned me a new life on a slightly better planet, the next time I had to incarnate. Elya now straightens his posture and wipes his tears. A few seconds later, he absorbs the golden glimpses of light around him and looks like he just woke up from a peaceful night of rest. - I think I follow… Thank you for telling me, that seemed very difficult - You say, honestly. - Don’t mention it! It is not my life only that we are discussing. I owe it to you as well. - He answers, looking at you kindly. - I have one question, though. If I was already able to be thoughtful when you were still on a planet of mainly atonement, how come you’re the one hovering to places and shining now? - You ask, a playful smile growing on your face, but the question is genuine. Elya laughs out loud once more, and you’re starting to get used to it. - Well, once set in the right direction, I’m a very quick learner, if I do say so myself - He laughs - But we aren’t that far away from one another, spiritually speaking. It’s just that your role in this mission is different from mine. You aren’t undertaking any leadership duties, for instance, but that doesn’t mean you wouldn’t be capable of doing so. [[Continue|E60]]

You smile at those words, especially because he seems to be very honest while saying them rather than trying to please you. But then, an unpleasant realization dawns on you. - Do I still have many memories like that? - You ask, remembering the pain you went through retrieving that memory. Elya looks thoughtful before responding: - Well, I imagine that only a couple are going to be as strong as that one... It was a lifetime that affected the dynamics of several of the lives that followed, for both of us - He says. He, then, turns to you and locks your eyes on his, in a reassuring gesture. - I assure you, $FirstName, that whenever you retrieve a memory that breaks your heart as that one, I’ll feel it, and I’ll come. - He says. - Thank you, Elya… for telling me and for being here. - You say, looking at him tenderly, yourself. <><<if $ElyaFriend==1>> - “Today and always”, $FirstName... I can’t believe this wasn’t the memory you retrieved first! - He smiles at you tenderly, but also playfully. <<else>> - “Today and always”, $FirstName... I can’t believe this wasn’t the memory you retrieved first! - He smiles at you enigmatically, which is very out of character for him, but also deeply engaging.<</if>><> [[Continue|E61]]

- What do you mean by that? - You ask. - Unfortunately, I can’t interfere with your awakening. But I do hope you remember soon. - He says, as he lets out a deep chuckle. <><<if $ElyaFriend==1>> You are curious, but quickly learning that Elya simply can't be convinced to say something he doesn't judge appropriate for the time being. You sigh.<<else>> It sends shivers down your spine once more, though you’re not sure why this time.<</if>><> He looks at you and assesses your aura quickly, as if to make sure that you are ok to be left alone. He nods to himself. - I’m afraid I have matters I must attend to now. I’ll see you at the initiation ceremony, is that alright? - He asks. - Yes, of course. I’ll see you soon! - You answer and smile. Elya nods and smiles at you brightly. Then, he proceeds to leave, silently and quickly, not looking back before softly closing the door. When he’s gone, you stare at the door for a while, thinking about how someone can feel so strange, yet so familiar at the same time. Then, you turn back to the balcony. It’s a beautiful day and the sun is way higher up in the sky now than it was when you first walked outside with Elya. When you hear people starting to walk in the hallway, and the peaceful silence is slowly replaced by excited chatter, you realize that the day has, now, officially begun. [[Continue|E62]]

<img src="Chapter seven.png" class="centerC"/><<notify 3s>>Autosaving!<</notify>> The day starts normally and you change into casual and comfortable clothes to go outside. Fortunately, you meet up with Alex in the hallway and both of you head to the cafeteria on the ground floor to have breakfast. It’s the same restaurant where you had dinner the previous night, but it feels even lighter and happier with the sunlight that comes inside now from its broad windows. The heavenly smell of freshly baked food fills your senses and guides you directly to the serving table, leaving a very giggly Alex trying to keep up with your pace from behind you. [[Continue|E63]] <<audio "dark_ambient" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "main_musica" volume 0.6 fadein loop>><</if>>

After you’ve put together a combination of both treats that you know and others that simply seem appealing for you to try, you sit down to eat with Alex, whose plate is a little more conservative than yours. You look at the instruments that were playing themselves the previous night in the corner, but they are, now, still. - Alex, do you have any idea how those instruments were playing themselves yesterday? - You ask, suddenly remembering you were meaning to ask them about it. - Oh, yeah! - Alex laugh lightly - They weren’t “playing themselves”, $FirstName. They were being played by friendly spirits of the division. They are part of the division just like we are, and sometimes they grace us with a side talent. - Oh! That’s interesting… I didn’t know. - You reply. - Yep, no problem! - Alex say. - By the way… where were you last night after dinner? - You ask, remembering that you couldn’t find them for the life of you. - Oh! - Alex blush - Long trips make me very sick sometimes… Let’s just say that I can easily point out a couple of bathrooms for you, if you have to go. - Aw, hope you’re feeling better! - You say, holding back your fond laughter so as not to embarass them further. - Thanks! I’m great today, actually. - They smile at you brightly and resume eating. [[Continue|E66]]

You figure that it can't go wrong if you only pick things you already know the taste. "Better safe than sorry" - You guess. You sit down to eat with Alex, whose plate is just as conservative as yours. You look at the instruments that were playing themselves the previous night in the corner, but they are, now, still. - Alex, do you have any idea how those instruments were playing themselves yesterday? - You ask, suddenly remembering you were meaning to ask them about it. - Oh, yeah! - Alex laugh lightly - They weren’t “playing themselves”, $FirstName. They were being played by friendly spirits of the division. They are part of the division just like we are, and sometimes they grace us with a side talent. - Oh! That’s interesting… I didn’t know. - You reply. - Yep, no problem! - Alex say. - By the way… where were you last night after dinner? - You ask, remembering that you couldn’t find them for the life of you. - Oh! - Alex blush - Long trips make me very sick sometimes… Let’s just say that I can easily point out a couple of bathrooms for you, if you have to go. - Aw, hope you’re feeling better! - You say, holding back your fond laughter so as not to embarass them further. - Thanks! I’m great today, actually. - They smile at you brightly and resume eating. [[Continue|E66]]

You and Alex keep talking about small things until a senior enters the restaurant and calls for everybody’s attention. He’s a kind-looking man named John, and wears a casual sapphire-colored suit. Just like Elya told you would happen, John lets all of you know that the initiation ceremony will be happening today at 7pm, and that appropriate clothes will be delivered to your rooms this afternoon. Still according to him, it will take place in The Third Garden, where the maze is. You find it odd that you don’t remember seeing any maze while you were landing. John also asks that all of you meet up with him in the main hall of the building at 6:45pm, so that he can lead you to the initiation ceremony’s location without anyone potentially getting lost in the way. Before taking his leave, John smiles and waves charmingly at the staff working in the kitchen. Alex, on the other hand, despite their overall content face, doesn’t seem nearly as excited and curious about how the ceremony is going to go as you are. [[Continue|E67]]

After breakfast is done, Alex excuse themself to go unpack, since, according to them, their room “is not nearly as organized as it should be, and it’s only been one night!”. You laugh at those words and see this as a good opportunity to unpack, yourself. You both agree to meet up again in the hallway to go to the main hall together at 6:30pm. Before going back to your room, however, you decide to steal a glance at the wide map that is on the wall of the main hall. Surprisingly, now you can see a big maze in one of the gardens that surround the set of buildings. It leaves you wondering if it slipped your attention yesterday or if it simply appeared there today. Around a month ago the second option wouldn’t even be possible but, now, you are not so sure. Deciding to drop it for the time being, you head to your room and begin unpacking slowly. [[You are neatly organized |E68]] [[You are a little messy |E69]] [[You are very messy |E70]]

After placing all of your things carefully in their appropriate place, you lean back on your bed and relax. It’s around 5 pm when you hear a gentle knock at the door. When you open it, a very friendly woman hands you a package with the clothes you’ll be wearing tonight, along with a small box with shoes. When you open the package, there is a long, black robe inside made of a light and soft fabric with an emerald-green pattern sewed on it. It wouldn’t be exuberant if seen from afar, but its beauty definitely lies on the amazingly tailored details it has. The sleeves are long and see through at the end, close to the wrist. [[You are excited to try it |E71]] [[It’s pretty, but not all that exciting|E72]] <<set $Organized +=1>>

After placing most of your things in their appropriate place, you lean back on your bed and relax. It’s around 5 pm when you hear a gentle knock at the door. When you open it, a very friendly woman hands you a package with the clothes you’ll be wearing tonight, along with a small box with shoes. When you open the package, there is a long, black robe inside made of a light and soft fabric with an emerald-green pattern sewed on it. It wouldn’t be exuberant if seen from afar, but its beauty definitely lies on the amazingly tailored details it has. The sleeves are long and see through at the end, close to the wrist. [[You are excited to try it |E71]] [[It’s pretty, but not all that exciting|E72]] <<set $Disorganized +=1>>

You kind of just find a few places that look somewhat appropriate to put your things and calls it a day. Soon, you lean back on your bed and relax. It’s around 5 pm when you hear a gentle knock at the door. When you open it, a very friendly woman hands you a package with the clothes you’ll be wearing tonight, along with a small box with shoes. When you open the package, there is a long, black robe inside made of a light and soft fabric with an emerald-green pattern sewed on it. It wouldn’t be exuberant if seen from afar, but its beauty definitely lies on the amazingly tailored details it has. The sleeves are long and see through at the end, close to the wrist. [[You are excited to try it |E71]] [[It’s pretty, but not all that exciting|E72]] <<set $Disorganized +=1>>

You are pretty excited to try it, since it also looks comfortable. After taking a quick shower, finally, you slip it on. The fabric brushes against your skin softly, almost a caress. The fit is perfect on your body and it makes you just a bit suspicious that someone might have taken your measurements stealthily somehow. When you walk, the black robe follows your every movement, flowing behind you as if it was alive. You laugh at the thought. There is something missing, though… [[Makeup and shoes|E73]] [[The shoes|E74]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

It's pretty, but you were never that interested in clothing items, honestly. It's just a basic need for you, not something to make a fuss about. It does look comfortable, though, which appeals to you. After taking a quick shower, finally, you slip it on. The fabric brushes against your skin softly, almost a caress. The fit is perfect on your body and it makes you just a bit suspicious that someone might have taken your measurements stealthily somehow. When you walk, the black robe follows your every movement, flowing behind you as if it was alive. You laugh at the thought. There is something missing, though… [[Makeup and shoes|E73]] [[The shoes|E74]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

You head to the dressing table and reach for some of the makeup you brought along with you. Quickly, you make sure that your skin looks even nicer than it usually does, while also highlighting some of your facial traits. Finally, you step into the flat shoes that the man brought along with the robe. It also fits perfectly on you, is malleable and comfortable. Now being fully ready, just as you realize that it’s time to meet up with Alex in the hallway, you hear a soft knock at the door. - $FirstName, this is Alex. - They say, almost whispering - I don’t think it will do us good to be late! [[Continue|E75]]

Finally, you step into the flat shoes that the man brought along with the robe. It also fits perfectly on you, is malleable and comfortable. Now being fully ready, just as you realize that it’s time to meet up with Alex in the hallway, you hear a soft knock at the door. - $FirstName, this is Alex. - They say, almost whispering - I don’t think it will do us good to be late! [[Continue|E75]]

When you open the door, you notice that Alex’s bright hazel eyes stand out even more when they’re wearing black, which, funnily, conveys their excitement even though they seem to be trying to keep a calm front. - Don’t we look nice? - They say, opening their arms to allow you to see how they look as well. They also turn around a couple of times for you to see how the robe flows. You laugh out loud at that. - We really do. I feel like royalty! - You say, expressing the enthusiasm they seem so insistent on hiding. - I know, right? - They reply, giving you room to step outside. The two of you walk comfortably to the main hall together and John, the diplomat from earlier, is waiting for the new members close to the entrance. When all of you are finally gathered, you can see that there’s around 30 of you in total. You are, then, led to The Third Garden. [[Continue|E76]]

As you walk silently along the other members, you contemplate the tall silver tree sculpture that stands in the center of the buildings. It’s a lot more beautiful and impressive up close. The overall harmonious atmosphere of The Diplomat’s training site also looks a lot like a piece of what a futuristic, ideal city would be described as in a book. As you’re approaching the garden, you see a dramatic-looking maze with two gargoyles statues at each side of its entrance. They are beautifully sculpted, although slightly intimidating to look at. Around it lies The Third Garden itself: a pretty open area with neatly trimmed grass. It has nice smelling flowers around it and a cute pond with a water fountain. [[Continue|E77]] <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "labirinto" loop play>><</if>><</if>> <<if $audio>><<audio "Fonte" volume 0.1 loop play>> <</if>>

Elya is facing the maze when the group first approaches. He’s wearing a white robe embroidered with a golden delicate pattern that seems to actually glow tonight, along with flat shoes. When he turns around to face you, his icy-blue eyes have light emanating from them in a way that illuminates the small area in front of him. As he walks towards you confidently, once again, his long golden hair and robe dance around him beautifully with the wind. It’s a mesmerizing view, if not for his beauty in itself, then for the insistent glimpses of light dancing around him. His cunning eyes analyze your faces and auras with mastery before he speaks: - All of you look amazing tonight. Congratulations and welcome, again! I’ll say that I sense a lot of anxiety coming from you. It is not necessary. - He says, smiling kindly and eyeing the small crowd. His gaze, however, quickly shifts to you at those words, with intention. [[Continue|E78]]

The group seems to relax a little and some people laugh briefly. Elya resumes: - The initiation rite in which you’ll be taking part tonight will introduce your soul to our division, as well as indicate what diplomatic approach suits you in this lifetime. - He smiles, but there’s a hint of enigma in his voice that you don’t fail to notice. Elya starts walking around with a thoughtful look on his face. He looks at the new members, one by one, as if he is able to assess the full extent of their abilities with a single look. The people around you seem intimidated by his shift in behavior, while… [[You, for one, are not intimidated at all |E79]] [[You are also slightly intimidated |E80]]

You, for one, are not exactly intimidated by Elya and, quite honestly, he does act mysteriously like that rather often from what you’ve been able to gather so far. He hums and nods to himself before continuing: - This is how the initiation ceremony happens in our division: each of you will come with me individually to the maze and I’ll leave you there for a while, so that one of our division’s spirits can talk to you. After you’re done, all you have to do is come back and join the rest of us, so I can go inside with the next member - Elya says, as he gestures towards the massive maze before you, dimly illuminated by torches - It’s important that you keep walking until you lose sight of the entrance. I guarantee that one of our benefactors will bring you back when it’s time. [[Continue|E79E]]

You are also slightly intimidated by Elya but, quite honestly, he does act mysteriously like that rather often from what you’ve been able to gather so far. He hums and nods to himself before continuing: - This is how the initiation ceremony happens in our division: each of you will come with me individually to the maze and I’ll leave you there for a while, so that one of our division’s spirits can talk to you. After you’re done, all you have to do is come back and join the rest of us, so I can go inside with the next member - Elya says, as he gestures towards the massive maze before you, dimly illuminated by torches - It’s important that you keep walking until you lose sight of the entrance. I guarantee that one of our benefactors will bring you back when it’s time. [[Continue|E80E]]

Very thick silence falls over the garden. You look around and hope that someone will quickly volunteer, just so that this awkwardness will stop. Realizing that no one else's going to be willing to go first, you force yourself to step forward. - Very well! We have a volunteer! - Elya looks at you proudly, walking towards you. Elya approaches you quickly and his smell fills the air around you. His lavender scent is slowly becoming more familiar to you every time you sense it. He gestures towards the maze. - Shall we? - He smiles at you reassuringly. - Of course. - You answer. Though slightly nervous, it’s not like you have a choice now. [[Continue|E83]]

Very thick silence falls over the garden. You look around and hope that someone will quickly volunteer, just so that this awkwardness will stop. Then, suddenly, someone steps on your foot and makes you stumble forward. - Very well! We have a volunteer! - Elya looks at you proudly, walking towards you. You look back to locate the culprit of putting you in this situation, only to find Alex muttering “I’m sorry, $FirstName, it was too awkward. I have faith in you!” with a red face and a wide smile. You squint your eyes at them. You’ll have to see about this small act of betrayal later. Elya approaches you quickly and his smell fills the air around you. His lavender scent is slowly becoming more familiar to you every time you sense it. He gestures towards the maze. - Shall we? - He smiles at you reassuringly. - Of course. - You answer. Though slightly nervous, it’s not like you have a choice now. [[Continue|E83]]

As you get closer to the maze and the other members are left behind, Elya closes the distance between the two of you even more. - $FirstName. I’m aware that this might look a little frightening at first, but I assure you it’s absolutely safe. In a way, you’ll be accompanied the whole time, so fear nothing! - He says, looking at you attentively. - Really? I'm glad. - You reply, feeling a little more reassured. Elya enters the maze with you and the gargoyles statues look even more menacing as you pass them. Inside, the walls are too tall to allow you to see anything from the outer world apart from the entrance and the group of people standing in the garden that, now, look small. [[Continue|E84]] <<if $audio>><<audio "vento" loop play>><</if>>

You look at Elya, feeling lost. There’s a path to your left and one to your right. - Where to now? - You ask Elya, unsure. - Follow your gut. - He answers, and his voice sounds different now. It’s sweeter and softer. You feel immediately more at ease when you hear it and it makes you wonder if he’s using any of his abilities on you. Elya smiles at your suspicious front, but doesn’t say anything on the matter. - We’ll be waiting for you outside. - He says, as he turns around and leaves at once. You are by yourself now. The air suddenly feels heavy and cold without the encouraging presence of Elya by your side. “Where to?” - You ask yourself. [[Right|E85]] [[Left|E86]] <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<audio "Fonte" stop>> <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "labirinto" loop play>><</if>><</if>>

You decide to go right, walking slowly. The feeling of being observed by someone grows with each step you take. Soon, you’re faced with a wall, and now your only option is to turn left. You turn and keep moving forward. When you stop for a second to look back, it seems like the path that brought you there is totally foreign to you now. “Did these walls shift?” - You think, starting to grow scared. Realizing that you have no other option but to keep moving, you ignore the odd feeling growing in your stomach and push forward. You are starting to feel tired and your breathing is slowly becoming labored. [[Continue|E87]]

You decide to go left, walking slowly. The feeling of being observed by someone grows with each step you take. Soon, you’re faced with a wall, and now your only option is to turn right. You turn and keep moving forward. When you stop for a second to look back, it seems like the path that brought you there is totally foreign to you now. “Did these walls shift?” - You think, starting to grow scared. Realizing that you have no other option but to keep moving, you ignore the odd feeling growing in your stomach and push forward. You are starting to feel tired and your breathing is slowly becoming labored. [[Continue|E88]]

Just when you’re getting used to the environment, in one of your turns, you’re startled to find a bright light figure hovering in a corner. The spirit has the shape of a person and glows in a pink tone. - Hello? - You say, trying to see if it’s going to interact with you. The spirit raises one hand at you and waves. It understands you. - Hi! Can you help me get back to the entrance? - You ask, remembering Elya’s explanation. The spirit shakes its head and its light dims a little. You take that as a “No”. - Oh… - You say, slightly disappointed - Then you are also just passing by? The spirit shakes its head again. [[Continue|E89]]

Just when you’re getting used to the environment, in one of your turns, you’re startled to find a bright light figure hovering in a corner. The spirit has the shape of a person and glows in a yellow tone. - Hello? - You say, trying to see if it’s going to interact with you. The spirit raises one hand at you and waves. It understands you. - Hi! Can you help me get back to the entrance? - You ask, remembering Elya’s explanation. The spirit shakes its head and its light dims a little. You take that as a “No”. - Oh… - You say, slightly disappointed - Then you are also just passing by? The spirit shakes its head again. [[Continue|E90]]

It, then, starts hovering slowly in your direction, raising one hand and touching your arm. You can hear its voice inside of your head, but it only says a few words. - Andra...She...Company...Elya...Asked...Keep...Walking - The voice echoes in your head. You think those words through before your eyes glint with understanding. - You’re Andra, goes by she and is here to keep me company, because Elya asked! - You say, the realization making you feel excited once more. Andra nods excitedly and becomes a little brighter. The air around you becomes warmer and you take it as she is trying to encourage you. - Thank you, Andra. I’m $FirstName and I go by $Pronoun. Let’s go! - You say, feeling a little more confident now. You never thought you’d get used to interacting with spirits so quickly, yet, here you are. [[Continue|E91]]

It, then, starts hovering slowly in your direction, raising one hand and touching your arm. You can hear its voice inside of your head, but it only says a few words. - Erick...He...Company...Elya...Asked...Keep...Walking - The voice echoes in your head. You think those words through before your eyes glint with understanding. - You’re Erick, goes by he and is here to keep me company, because Elya asked! - You say, the realization making you feel excited once more. Erick nods excitedly and becomes a little brighter. The air around you becomes warmer and you take it as he is trying to encourage you. - Thank you, Erick. I’m $FirstName and I go by $Pronoun. Let’s go! - You say, feeling a little more confident now. You never thought you’d get used to interacting with spirits so quickly, yet, here you are. [[Continue|E92]]

You walk for a few more minutes and take a few more turns. Andra hovers by your left side quietly, not interfering in your decisions, not even when you furtively try to ask her what is the right way to turn to. When you finally reach one of the dead ends of the maze, you are surprised by the sight of yet another being. Well, surprised and scared, since this one is a 9 ft tall creature. Its body looks like it's made of an entanglement of plants. The light that comes from the holes that are its eyes, as well as from other breaches on its body, is white. On the top of its head lies two stunning horns made out of what looks like two thick branches without leaves. [[Continue|E93]]

You walk for a few more minutes and take a few more turns. Erick hovers by your left side quietly, not interfering in your decisions, not even when you furtively try to ask him what is the right way to turn to. When you finally reach one of the dead ends of the maze, you are surprised by the sight of yet another being. Well, surprised and scared, since this one is a 9 ft tall creature. Its body looks like it's made of an entanglement of plants. The light that comes from the holes that are its eyes, as well as from other breaches on its body, is white. On the top of its head lies two stunning horns made out of what looks like two thick branches without leaves. [[Continue|E94]]

It sits on a big chair that appears to have grown naturally from earth until you notice that its design seems to be carefully planned by someone. Contrary to you, who takes a step back, Andra hovers directly towards the creature and floats around it excitedly. The creature’s mouth forms what you assume to be a smile before it turns to you. - Approach, child. Fear not. Call me Telluris, I go by she. - To your surprise, Telluris’s mouth doesn’t move when she says those words. Her voice is inside of your head. - I’m $FirstName, Telluris, and I go by $Pronoun. - You say, approaching her cautiously. - I know. - She says in your thoughts, but smiles in front of you - We shall have a brief conversation and, then, I’ll lead you out of here. “Finally!” - You think. You nod and wait for her to continue. [[Continue|E95]]

It sits on a big chair that appears to have grown naturally from earth until you notice that its design seems to be carefully planned by someone. Contrary to you, who takes a step back, Erick hovers directly towards the creature and floats around it excitedly. The creature’s mouth forms what you assume to be a smile before it turns to you. - Approach, child. Fear not. Call me Telluris, I go by she. - To your surprise, Telluris’s mouth doesn’t move when she says those words. Her voice is inside of your head. - I’m $FirstName, Telluris, and I go by $Pronoun. - You say, approaching her cautiously. - I know. - She says in your thoughts, but smiles in front of you - We shall have a brief conversation and, then, I’ll lead you out of here. “Finally!” - You think. You nod and wait for her to continue. [[Continue|E96]]

Telluris straightens her posture before speaking. She looks at you up and down and her face falls gravely. She seems to have reached such a disappointing conclusion just by looking at you. - You are weak. - Says Telluris, her mouth curling down in disappointment. You are taken aback by those words. She was seemingly being kind just now, but something’s suddenly changed. Her gaze never leaves you, though, and you know that you need to say something. [[“What makes you think that?”|E97][$Assertive += 1]] [[“I can see how you would think that.”|E98][$Gentle += 1]]

Telluris straightens her posture before speaking. She looks at you up and down and her face falls gravely. She seems to have reached such a disappointing conclusion just by looking at you. - You are weak. - Says Telluris, her mouth curling down in disappointment. You are taken aback by those words. She was seemingly being kind just now, but something’s suddenly changed. Her gaze never leaves you, though, and you know that you need to say something. [[“What makes you think that?”|E99][$Assertive += 1]] [[“I can see how you would think that.”|E100][$Gentle += 1]]

- What makes you think that? - You say to Telluris, straightening your posture as well - You do not know me. Telluris smiles at that answer, but you know it's now a genuine one. She's mocking you. - Oh, but I do, little one. The feelings emanating from your aura are meager, confused and uncertain. You are full of fear in the face of change and, those who can not change easily, are weak. - She states, and the intonation she uses in the word “weak” makes the ground beneath you shake. Her reasoning makes sense, but her statements do not apply to you. How do you answer, then? [[“The feelings I have now might not be ideal, I can’t deny it. Yet, here I stand.”|E101][$Gentle += 1]] [[“The only ‘meager’ feeling I have noticed here is the one that leads you to assume to know the extent of my strength based solely in one experience.”|E102][$Assertive += 1]]

- I can see how you would think that - You say to Telluris, straightening your posture as well - Compared to your stature, I’m certainly weak. Telluris smiles at that answer, but you are unsure if it’s a genuine or mocking one. - I wasn’t referring to your physical form, little one. The feelings emanating from your aura are meager, confused and uncertain. You are full of fear in the face of change and, those who can not change easily, are weak. - She states, and the intonation she uses in the word “weak” makes the ground beneath you shake. Her reasoning makes sense, but her statements do not apply to you. How do you answer, then? [[“The feelings I have now might not be ideal, I can’t deny it. Yet, here I stand.”|E101][$Gentle += 1]] [[“The only ‘meager’ feeling I have noticed here is the one that leads you to assume to know the extent of my strength based solely in one experience.”|E102][$Assertive += 1]]

- What makes you think that? - You say to Telluris, straightening your posture as well - You do not know me. Telluris smiles at that answer, but you are unsure if it’s a genuine or mocking one. - Oh, but I do, little one. The feelings emanating from your aura are meager, confused and uncertain. You are full of fear in the face of change and, those who can not change easily, are weak. - She states, and the intonation she uses in the word “weak” makes the ground beneath you shake. Her reasoning makes sense, but her statements do not apply to you. How do you answer, then? [[“The feelings I have now might not be ideal, I can’t deny it. Yet, here I stand.”|E103][$Gentle += 1]] [[“The only ‘meager’ feeling I have noticed here is the one that leads you to assume to know the extent of my strength based solely in one experience.”|E104][$Assertive += 1]]

- I can see how you would think that - You say to Telluris, straightening your posture as well - Compared to your stature, I’m certainly weak. Telluris smiles at that answer, but you are unsure if it’s a genuine or mocking one. - I wasn’t referring to your physical form, little one. The feelings emanating from your aura are meager, confused and uncertain. You are full of fear in the face of change and, those who can not change easily, are weak. - She states, and the intonation she uses in the word “weak” makes the ground beneath you shake. Her reasoning makes sense, but her statements do not apply to you. How do you answer, then? [[“The feelings I have now might not be ideal, I can’t deny it. Yet, here I stand.”|E103][$Gentle += 1]] [[“The only ‘meager’ feeling I have noticed here is the one that leads you to assume to know the extent of my strength based solely in one experience.”|E104][$Assertive += 1]]

- The feelings I have now might not be ideal, I can’t deny it. Yet, here I stand. - You say, firmly. Your anxiety is slowly being replaced by determination to defend yourself. Telluris, now, laughs out loud in your head. Even her mouth moves, mimicking laughter. - Here you stand, indeed... A younger creature than I could assume that is courage. I, however, am willing to swear an oath that you’re only here because you went with the flow of the happenings in your life, exactly as you seem to do with everything else, based on the impressions in your aura. You feel… [[Angry|E105][$Assertive += 1]] [[Bothered|E105][$Assertive += 1]] [[Sad|E105][$Gentle += 1]] [[Defeated|E105][$Gentle += 1]]

- The only "meager" feeling I have noticed here is the one that leads you to assume to know the extent of my strength based solely in one experience.- You say, firmly. Your anxiety slowly being replaced by determination to defend yourself. Telluris, now, laughs out loud in your head. Even her mouth moves, mimicking laughter. - How naive... You remember nothing of auras and their impressions, you recall nothing about what kind of spirit I am and, yet, you already assume to know better than I do. How human of you, but you were right. When I stated that your feelings were meager, I wasn't aware of the state of your reasoning. You feel… [[Angry|E105][$Assertive += 1]] [[Bothered|E105][$Assertive += 1]] [[Sad|E105][$Gentle += 1]] [[Defeated|E105][$Gentle += 1]]

- The feelings I have now might not be ideal, I can’t deny it. Yet, here I stand. - You say, firmly. Your anxiety is slowly being replaced by determination to defend yourself. Telluris, now, laughs out loud in your head. Even her mouth moves, mimicking laughter. - Here you stand, indeed... A younger creature than I could assume that is courage. I, however, am willing to swear an oath that you’re only here because you went with the flow of the happenings in your life, exactly as you seem to do with everything else, based on the impressions in your aura. You feel… [[Angry|Erick][$Assertive += 1]] [[Bothered|Erick][$Assertive += 1]] [[Sad|Erick][$Gentle += 1]] [[Defeated|Erick][$Gentle += 1]]

- The only "meager" feeling I have noticed here is the one that leads you to assume to know the extent of my strength based solely in one experience.- You say, firmly. Your anxiety slowly being replaced by determination to defend yourself. Telluris, now, laughs out loud in your head. Even her mouth moves, mimicking laughter. - How naive... You remember nothing of auras and their impressions, you recall nothing about what kind of spirit I am and, yet, you already assume to know better than I do. How human of you, but you were right. When I stated that your feelings were meager, I wasn't aware of the state of your reasoning. - Tellluris lets out yet another sound laughter after saying those words. You feel… [[Angry|Erick][$Assertive += 1]] [[Bothered|Erick][$Assertive += 1]] [[Sad|Erick][$Gentle += 1]] [[Defeated|Erick][$Gentle += 1]]

Those words bother you, especially because you don’t agree with them at all. Before you know it, the words leave your lips: - Entering this maze is not the first choice I made to stand before you now - Your brows furrow - I have chosen the likes of my role in this mission several days ago, when I could have chosen not to take part in any of this at all. The wind that blows loudly and coldly around you does not phase you anymore. Telluris’s assumptions have woken something within you. Andra is watching the two of you from the corner and starts to glow brighter at your words. Taking that as a good sign, you continue: - I also chose to be part of The Diplomats above any other division, because that is what spoke to my heart. If I stand here now, before you, it is because you happen to be part of the path I actively chose and, just like our paths intertwined now, they will part soon enough. You look at her face attentively and Telluris looks bored and skeptical. [[Continue|E106]] <<if $Assertive>$Gentle>><<set $DiplomaticApproach to "assertive">><<else>><<set $DiplomaticApproach to "gentle">><</if>> <<timed 5s>><<audio "vento" play>><</timed>>

<><<notify 3s>>Division profile updated!<</notify>><>Correctly reading that you are highly unlikely to change her mind on the matter, you sigh disappointed, but not exactly defeated. - You might continue to think that I am weak, it is your choice and you might not even be completely wrong at that. In your subjectiveness I am weak, in mine, I am not. In the end, I just am what I am. I see no reason to continue this argument. - You say, slightly irritated, but honestly. Telluris’s face softens completely after your emotional, yet reasonable response. - What an interesting diplomat we have here, Andra - She says, looking at Andra who hovers to stand by your side excitedly once more - Your diplomatic approach is $DiplomaticApproach, how <><<if $DiplomaticApproach=="gentle">>refreshing.<<else>>nice.<</if>><> - Telluris concludes. The way she smiles sincerely at you now makes it clear that she doesn’t believe a word of the argument she started in the first place, about your strength. You were being tested. [[Continue|E107]]

Telluris stands from the chair she’s been sitting on and looks even more striking when standing. - Come child, I’ll take you outside. - She says, walking past you. As you turn to follow her, you see several of the walls of the maze changing back, leaving a single, certain way to the entrance. Andra, the pink spirit, approaches you before you leave. She touches you once more briefly and whispers in your head: - Good...Bye...Good...Luck!...Pleasure! - She says. - Goodbye, Andra, thank you for the company! It was a pleasure as well. - You reply, grateful for her help. After hearing those words, Andra glows brightly once more before disappearing into thin air, leaving nothing but a thick pink smoke behind. You turn to follow Telluris, who’s been patiently waiting for you. [[Continue|E108]] <<if $audio>><<audio "telluris_step" volume 0.2 play>><</if>> <<timed 5s>><<audio "telluris_step" stop>><</timed>>

As you walk silently behind her, you feel a very warm sensation on your wrist and, when you turn your arm around to see what it is, you find a small symbol being engraved on it. It is adorned by two horns similar to Telluris’s. - Excuse me, what is this? - You ask at once, calling for Telluris’s attention. Without turning back to look at you, she replies: - <><<if $DiplomaticApproach=="gentle">>The open hand set horizontally symbolizes your diplomatic approach, a gentle one.<<else>>The hand pointing upwards symbolizes your diplomatic approach, an assertive one.<</if>><> The horns behind it are my treat. They represent the spirit that welcomed you to the division. - She says, nonchalantly. Then, as if sensing your surprise, she turns to you with a kind smile - It will disappear in a few days, worry not. It’s a mark for your soul, not your flesh. And even as that, it’s only valid for a lifetime. - How interesting! - You say, coming to terms with it. After walking for a few minutes more, Telluris stops and turns to you. If you turn right in that corner, you’ll see the entrance. I won’t personally take you there because we wouldn’t want to spoil the surprise the next members are going to have when they see me, would we? - Telluris laughs playfully and you find it hard to hold yourself back as well. She extends her big hand to you, hoping for a handshake. It’s branchy like the rest of her body, but it looks oddly soft. [[You don’t take it|E109]] [[You take it kindly, she’s a nice one|E110]] [[You take it professionally. She performed her role and you, yours|E111]] <<if $audio>><<audio "telluris_step" volume 0.2 play>><</if>>

You don't take her hand. Even if she was just playing her role back there, you simply don't feel the need to be cordial to her now. Telluris's face falls slightly. She purses her wooden lips and refrains her hand, walking past you. - I wish you good luck, little one. - She says in your head. When you turn back to reply, she’s gone. You keep walking in the direction Telluris pointed to you and, soon enough, you reach the entrance, only to find that the members, now, look very excited to take part in the ceremony. As it seems like, the maze was glowing in beautiful ways while you were inside. Elya looks very pleased to see you returning with such a gleeful face. - Welcome back! May I? - He asks, pointing to your wrist. - Yes, of course - You extend your arm so that he can take a look. [[Continue|E112]] <<audio "telluris_step" stop>> <<audio "vento" stop>>

You shake Telluris’s hand kindly and you exchange smiles one last time. She walks past you. - I hope to see you again, little one. - She says in your head. When you turn back to reply, she’s gone. You keep walking in the direction Telluris pointed to you and, soon enough, you reach the entrance, only to find that the members, now, look very excited to take part in the ceremony. As it seems like, the maze was glowing in beautiful ways while you were inside. Elya looks very pleased to see you returning with such a gleeful face. - Welcome back! May I? - He asks, pointing to your wrist. - Yes, of course - You extend your arm so that he can take a look. [[Continue|E112]] <<audio "telluris_step" stop>> <<audio "vento" stop>>

You shake Telluris’s cordially and you exchange smiles one last time.She walks past you. - I hope to see you again, little one. - She says in your head. When you turn back to reply, she’s gone. You keep walking in the direction Telluris pointed to you and, soon enough, you reach the entrance, only to find that the members, now, look very excited to take part in the ceremony. As it seems like, the maze was glowing in beautiful ways while you were inside. Elya looks very pleased to see you returning with such a gleeful face. - Welcome back! May I? - He asks, pointing to your wrist. - Yes, of course - You extend your arm so that he can take a look. [[Continue|E112]] <<audio "telluris_step" stop>> <<audio "vento" stop>>

Those words bother you, especially because you don’t agree with them at all. Before you know it, the words leave your lips: - Entering this maze is not the first choice I made to stand before you now - Your brows furrow - I have chosen the likes of my role in this mission several days ago, when I could have chosen not to take part in any of this at all. The wind that blows loudly and coldly around you does not phase you anymore. Telluris’s assumptions have woken something within you. Erick is watching the two of you from the corner and starts to glow brighter at your words. Taking that as a good sign, you continue: - I also chose to be part of The Diplomats above any other division, because that is what spoke to my heart. If I stand here now, before you, it is because you happen to be part of the path I actively chose and, just like our paths intertwined now, they will part soon enough. You look at her face attentively and Telluris looks bored and skeptical. [[Continue|Erick2]] <<if $Assertive>$Gentle>><<set $DiplomaticApproach to "assertive">><<else>><<set $DiplomaticApproach to "gentle">><</if>> <<timed 5s>><<audio "vento" play>><</timed>>

<><<notify 3s>>Division profile updated!<</notify>><>Correctly reading that you are highly unlikely to change her mind on the matter, you sigh disappointed, but not exactly defeated. - You might continue to think that I am weak, it is your choice and you might not even be completely wrong at that. In your subjectiveness I am weak, in mine, I am not. In the end, I just am what I am. I see no reason to continue this argument. - You say, slightly irritated, but honestly. Telluris’s face softens completely after your emotional, yet reasonable response. - What an interesting diplomat we have here, Erick - She says, looking at Erick who hovers to stand by your side excitedly once more - Your diplomatic approach is $DiplomaticApproach, how <><<if $DiplomaticApproach=="gentle">>refreshing.<<else>>nice.<</if>><> - Telluris concludes. The way she smiles sincerely at you now makes it clear that she doesn’t believe a word of the argument she started in the first place, about your strength. You were being tested. [[Continue|Erick3]]

Telluris stands from the chair she’s been sitting on and looks even more striking when standing. - Come child, I’ll take you outside. - She says, walking past you. As you turn to follow her, you see several of the walls of the maze changing back, leaving a single, certain way to the entrance. Erick, the yellow spirit, approaches you before you leave. He touches you once more briefly and whispers in your head: - Good...Bye...Good...Luck!...Pleasure! - He says. - Goodbye, Erick, thank you for the company! It was a pleasure as well. - You reply, grateful for his help. After hearing those words, Erick glows brightly once more before disappearing into thin air, leaving nothing but a thick yellow smoke behind. You turn to follow Telluris, who’s been patiently waiting for you. [[Continue|E108]] <<if $audio>><<audio "telluris_step" volume 0.2 play>><</if>> <<timed 5s>><<audio "telluris_step" stop>><</timed>>

Elya’s touch is feather light against your skin. His long, warm fingers bring your wrist to the level of his eyes, that sparkle when he sees the symbol engraved on your skin. - <><<if $DiplomaticApproach=="gentle">>A gentle one… who would have thought!<<else>>An assertive one… who would have thought!<</if>><> - He smiles at you kindly, but you are getting used to his facial expressions quickly enough to know that he’s teasing you. You smile back and shake your head, pulling your wrist away lightly from his grasp. He wrinkles his nose at you jokingly and it surprises you, especially because it happens in a matter of only a few seconds. After that, Elya simply leaves you to your thoughts and proceeds to guide the remaining members towards the maze, one by one. As you observe them being taken inside and completing their initiation, the maze glows in different ways and you can actively see the walls changing from the outside. You find it pretty fun and exciting, even more so now that you are already done with it. [[Continue|E113]] <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "Fonte" volume 0.1 loop play>> <</if>> <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "labirinto" loop play>><</if>><</if>>

The new members always come out excitedly from the maze, not even minding the fact that they just went through a potentially very stressful situation. When they are done, Alex come to your side to show you their symbol. <><<if $DiplomaticApproach=="gentle">>They’re also a gentle diplomat and, therefore, their symbol is the same as yours.<<else>>They’re a gentle diplomat and, therefore, their symbol is an open hand set horizontally.<</if>><> <><<if $DiplomaticApproach=="gentle">>Naturally, Telluris’s horns<<else>>Telluris’s horns<</if>><> are behind it as well, which brings a knowing smile to your face. Way faster than you thought it would take, the last one of the new members to be initiated comes back from the maze and is congratulated by Elya, who moves to stand by your side with Alex naturally, joining the friendly chatter. [[Continue|E114]] <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<audio "labirinto" stop>> <<audio "Fonte" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "Diplomats" volume 0.8 loop play>><</if>>

<<notify 3s>>Autosaving!<</notify>>The atmosphere is ethereal, almost magical around you. The spirits that were once contained in the maze now play among you as bright, colorful figures: a subtle further aid to your future endeavours as diplomats. Although being clearly different from one another, you form a cohesive group as a whole. Each of you with your own roles, each of you with your own hopes, but all of you walking towards the same goal. You are a diplomat now, and <><<if $DiplomaticApproach=="gentle">>a gentle<<else>>an assertive<</if>><> one at that, but that isn’t the realization that actually makes you emotional tonight. You are home. [[Continue|E115]]

That’s until you hear firm steps coming from the hallway. The sound of laughter comes along with it and you realize that the person is friendly talking to the driver that brought them here. Not long after, a person of average height enters the waiting room. Their body has well-defined muscles and looks strong. Their amber eyes are vibrantly bright and their medium-length brown hair is straight. Their clothes look casual and are mostly black. Oddly, when they see you, their eyes light up even more and they walk straight up to you. - Hello! I’m Avery and I go by they! - They say. [[You greet them warmly|J14]] [[You greet them politely|J15]]

- Hi, Avery, nice to meet you! I’m $FirstName and I go by $Pronoun. - You reply. Avery smiles at you brightly. They look at you for a few more moments before directing their gaze to the general area around you. - Oh, dear… Can I sit with you? - They ask, gesturing to the chair by yours. - Yes, of course! - You reply. - I can see that you’re the one who’s been having trouble awakening... - Avery say, while they’re sitting beside you. - Yes! How do you know? - You ask. - Oh, everybody in this room does! - They let out a kind laugh - Trouble awakening happens somewhat often in big missions. It’s nothing too serious - They say, reassuring you - But it does make one’s aura oscillate a lot. That’s also why everybody is giving you your own time to adjust. We aren’t usually quiet like this! - They gesture towards the room and most of the people around laugh, while others glare at Avery’s lack of discretion. You smile as well. - Why can’t I see anyone’s aura? - You ask, assuming that they drew that conclusion by looking at yours. [[Continue|J16]] <<set $Warm +=1>>

- Hello, Avery. I’m $FirstName and I go by $Pronoun. - You reply. Avery smiles at you. They look at you for a few more moments before directing their gaze to the general area around you. - Oh, dear… Can I sit with you? - They ask, gesturing to the chair by yours. - Yeah, sure. - You reply. - I can see that you’re the one who’s been having trouble awakening... - Avery say, while they’re sitting beside you. - Yes! How do you know? - You ask. - Oh, everybody in this room does! - They let out a kind laugh - Trouble awakening happens somewhat often in big missions. It’s nothing too serious - They say, reassuring you - But it does make one’s aura oscillate a lot. That’s also why everybody is giving you your own time to adjust. We aren’t usually quiet like this! - They gesture towards the room and most of the people around laugh, while others glare at Avery’s lack of discretion. You smile as well. - Why can’t I see anyone’s aura? - You ask, assuming that they drew that conclusion by looking at yours. [[Continue|J16]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

- Oh, that’s because you don’t remember how to yet. Even the ones of us that have remembered how to assess people’s aura properly have to focus in order to see them. That’s because it would be complete chaos if you were to see everyone’s aura, all the time, especially in crowded places. You nod. It makes sense. Avery’s face morphs into a malicious, playful expression, suddenly. They turn to you: - And also! What you and Elya did that night was important to keep the situation under control, we appreciate it - They, then, lean closer to you, as if to tell you a secret - Co-existing in the same body as one of the leaders is very honorable. I’d give up dessert forever for that! You laugh, slightly confused, but you also see this as a good opportunity to ask something. [[“How much can you remember already?”|J17]]

Avery look thoughtful before responding. - Bits and pieces of about five lives now… It’s difficult to say for sure, since the memories can get a little mixed up. But the more time passes, the better you recognize and rearrange them. They come very naturally to you and, once they do, you’ll feel like they’ve always been there. Well, at least it’s like that for the pleasant ones. - They reply, trying to reassure you, but also being honest. You feel a little scared, since you have no idea what you might have done in the past. You decide not to dwell in that feeling, however. [[“Do you know where we’re going?”|J18]]

Avery smile at you. - Well, I know we’re going to the training facilities, but I assume you know that already, since you’re here - They laugh - The only information I can add is that it’s probably a very nice place, given the memories I’ve been able to retrieve about the divisions I’ve been a part of back in Jupiter. - That's fair. - You say, laughing lightly - Also, I've been meaning to ask... [[“Why is co-existing in the same body as someone else such a big deal?”|J19]]

Avery laugh and lock their eyes with yours, squinting them teasingly. - Well, I will spare you from the details, but it’s truly a big deal. It could be analogically compared to what cuddling lovingly with someone for a long time is in human terms. Hooowever! Since it’s a mental and spiritual process as well, you end up also having access to all of each other’s feelings and secrets! - They say, gesturing with both hands in the general shape of a picture. [[You find it funny|J20]] [[You find it embarassing|J21]]

You can imagine what they’re picturing, but the way they say it is too funny for you to feel embarassed. Avery laughs even harder before their face turns into something more amiable. They continue: - In all seriousness, it amplifies both of your abilities and usually means that one body will possess both of the souls’s strength and more, since syntony also adds its own power to it. I must say, though, that it’s not easy to get to a point in which you can share a body with another soul. Both of you have to trust one another fully, because of exposure, and also be in perfect sync, which isn’t all that easy either. You find this an interesting piece of information. You haven’t really stopped to think about what co-existing in one body entails, but things make a little more sense to you now, especially the fact that you potentially agreed to it in a distant past, since it sounds like something that would take a lot of preparation. - I see, thank you, Avery! You’ve been very helpful. - You say, honestly. - Of course! I’m glad I could help! - They reply, looking at you kindly. [[Continue|J22]] <<set $Blunt += 1>>

You can imagine what they’re picturing. You blush. Avery laughs even harder before their face turns into something more amiable. They continue: - In all seriousness, it amplifies both of your abilities and usually means that one body will possess both of the souls’s strength and more, since syntony also adds its own power to it. I must say, though, that it’s not easy to get to a point in which you can share a body with another soul. Both of you have to trust one another fully, because of exposure, and also be in perfect sync, which isn’t all that easy either. You find this an interesting piece of information. You haven’t really stopped to think about what co-existing in one body entails, but things make a little more sense to you now, especially the fact that you potentially agreed to it in a distant past, since it sounds like something that would take a lot of preparation. - I see, thank you, Avery! You’ve been very helpful. - You say, honestly. - Of course! I’m glad I could help! - They reply, looking at you kindly. [[Continue|J22]] <<set $Shy +=1>>

You and Avery settle in a comfortable silence after that. Fortunately, your anxiety seems to dissipate a little after talking to someone and time goes by relatively quicker. At a given moment, all of you are led to a modest black-and-white private plane. Sitting by one of the plane’s windows, during the five hours that the remainder of the trip takes, the landscape below you grows increasingly less familiar. Soon, you stop seeing buildings or houses and everything is green, wide and looks uninhabited. That is until the plane starts losing altitude and you spot a huge, bright light field in the distance. Squinting your eyes to try to take a look, you’re amazed by what you see inside. [[Continue|J23]]

It is a small, functional set of buildings standing alone in a large open field. The buildings are big, tall and striking, but they are also set in a welcoming circular disposition, but relatively away from one another. You can also see an open, trimmed field with targets that you assume is used for training. In the central area of the buildings, there are two golden rings hovering in the air in the form of a beautiful Venn diagram, as an ornament. In contrast, set in random-looking locations, you spot a few clearly planned gardens as well. Nature is abundant and beautiful, inside and around it. The whole atmosphere changes when the plane enters the light field and you instantly feel more at ease. The effect seems to spread to everyone on board. [[Continue|J24]] <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "musica_feliz" volume 0.4 loop play>><</if>>

It’s night time when your feet touch land again. All of you look exhausted, but rather excited. You are, then, guided to a restaurant with broad windows and warm lights, that actually looks ordinary until you notice that the ambient music is provided by instruments playing themselves in a corner. You think about asking Avery about it while you’re eating, only to realize that they are nearly falling asleep on their plate. “Maybe tomorrow” - You think, as you chuckle and make a small noise on the table to wake them up. After having dinner, finally, all of you are led to a big building by a friendly-looking senior protector. The main hall is wide and well-illuminated. There’s a map of the set of buildings on the wall behind the reception desk. The kind receptionist gives you a key that has “$LastName” on it and is for room 101. [[Continue|J25]]

You look around for Avery who now, surprisingly, is nowhere to be found. After walking around the hall for a bit and earning a few nods and smiles from the other members as you pass by them, tiredness starts getting the best of you, and you reason that you’re likely to find Avery easily later anyways, so you decide to head to your room to rest. On the first floor, you find the room labeled 101 easily enough. It is a large white door with wooden details on it. You open the door to find a pretty bedroom with a large bed, sand-colored curtains, a desk, a dressing table, shelves, and a brown wardrobe. Entering and taking your shoes off to relax, you immediately step on a fluffy, large white mat that is laid on top of the shiny wooden floor. [[Continue|J26]]

The room looks very nice and, as you make your way to the balcony that gives view to the golden hovering Venn diagram sculpture, you also notice that your belongings have been carefully put in a corner of the room. Looking outside, you can see that every floor has several balconies as well. It seems like this is the standard for everyone's room. There’s a small bathroom in your room and, as soon as you spot it, you realize that you’re more than ready to take a shower. However nice it is, it’s been a tiring day. You step under the wide shower head and let the warm water relax your muscles while you clean yourself. When you get out of the shower, you wrap yourself in one of the white towels that are cutely folded and set by the side of the sink. You feel actually relaxed for the first time in the day. [[Continue|J27]]

There’s, then, a firm knock at the door. - I’m coming! - You say, as you quickly put on some comfortable, yet somewhat presentable clothes. When you open the door, Joana is leaning against the wall directly in front of you. She smiles at you brightly. - Hello, $FirstName. - She says. You’re caught off guard, you didn’t expect to see her today. Her piercing orange-brown eyes assess your body quickly, with no ulterior motives. - Hi! - You answer. - I came to check in on you. May I come in?- She says. You smile. - Yes, of course, come on in! - You say, moving to give her room to enter. Joana enters and suddenly, the room feels full. Full of light, full of power. [[Continue|J28]]

She’s wearing skinny high-waisted black pants, with a white buttoned shirt and a long black coat that resemble a cape. The coat is adorned with small pearl details. It compliments her long and curly brown hair, which is set in a high pony-tail with two loose strands falling on each side of her face. Joana’s body is curvy and fit. It could easily be compared to the statues sculptors spend months working on trying to arrive at the perfect representation of femininity, harmony and balance. None of them would, however, be able to spontaneously sculpt one just like hers. [[You realize that you are attracted to Joana|J29]] [[You realize that you have made quite a stylish friend|J30]]

- Do humans find it polite to stare? - She asks, smiling teasingly. - Oh! - You can feel your cheeks heating up - Sorry, I was lost in thought for a second. Joana laughs and waves a hand. - Of course, no harm done! I didn’t mean it seriously. You do look nice today, however. I almost stared, myself. - She says calmly, very nonchalant about the compliment she's giving you. - Thank you, likewise! - You reply, thinking she's mostly being kind, given your simple outfit. Joana starts pacing around the room and you sit on the edge of the bed silently, as it seems like she has something to say. - Did you have a nice trip? - She asks, her expression genuine. - Oh, sure! It was nice. It’s really beautiful here. - You answer. [[Continue|J31]] <<set $JoanaRoute += 1>>

- Do humans find it polite to stare? - She asks, smiling teasingly. - Oh! Sorry, I was lost in thought for a second. You're very stylish! - You say, subtly explaining why you were staring in the first place. Joana laughs and waves a hand. - Of course, no harm done! I didn’t mean it seriously. You do look nice today as well! - She says good-naturedly. - Thank you, likewise! - You reply, thinking she's mostly being kind, given your simple outfit. Joana starts pacing around the room and you sit on the edge of the bed silently, as it seems like she has something to say. - Did you have a nice trip? - She asks, her expression genuine. - Oh, sure! It was nice. It’s really beautiful here. - You answer. [[Continue|J31]] <<set $JoanaFriend += 1>>

- Great! - She says, and smiles at you - I also came to tell you that tomorrow you’ll take part in the initiation ceremony along with the other new members - She stops pacing and looks at you - It will be announced in the morning, but I wanted to let you know about it first. You don’t need any other surprises, I’m sure. - She concludes, smiling tenderly. - Right… And what’s an initiation ceremony? - You ask, curious. - It’s a ceremony in which you’ll become a fully initiated member of The Protectors. You can also see it as a celebration of a sort. - She says. - I see! - You reply - Can you tell me how it goes? [[Continue|J32]]

Joana looks at you and her eyes glint. You can see the corners of her lips curling up and her gaze intensifies on you. The act feels almost predatory, oddly. - Unfortunately I can’t - She laughs, her expression slowly returning to normal - It has to happen spontaneously for all of you. But I’ll be by your side if the situation calls for it, be sure. I couldn’t leave you on your own when you’re not at your full potential yet. While you process the information, Joana glances at your still packed bellogings. - Do you need a hand with unpacking? - She asks, looking at you attentively. [[You do|J33]] [[You don't. You can cover that|J34]]

- Oh, I can handle most of it, but I'd like to have a hand with hanging a painting. - You say politely, pointing at the big package on top of your things. Joana glances at your physical form, as if trying to see if you would be able to carry that without struggling. - <><<if $Height=="short">>Of course! My, you’re too tiny!<<elseif $Height=="average">>Leave it to me! You’re not too tiny, but still small.<<else>>Of course! You’re quite tall, yourself, but I really would rather do that for you.<</if>><> - She says, and you can feel sincere tenderness in her voice. Instead of walking towards the big package, as you imagined she would, Joana projects what looks like three waves of sound and light towards the painting. The first one lifts it up in the air. The second one releases it from its packaging quickly, but with cirurgical precision. The third one brings it like a flash to her hands. [[Continue|J35]]

- Oh, don’t worry about it! I’ll do that later - You say, politely declining her gentle offer. - That package on top seems quite big and heavy… - She says, referring to the painting Emma gave you. Joana glances at your physical form, as if trying to see if you would be able to carry that without struggling. “No” seems to be the answer she arrives at. - <><<if $Height=="short">>My, you’re too tiny! Let me get that for you.<<elseif $Height=="average">>Well, you’re not tiny, but still small. Let me get that for you.<<else>>Well, you’re quite tall, but if you don't mind, I'd rather get that for you.<</if>><> - She says, and you can feel sincere tenderness in her voice. - Oh, sure, if you really wouldn’t mind. But be careful, please, it’s a painting. - You say, chuckling at her insistence. - Leave it to me. - She answers, nodding determined and satisfied. Instead of walking towards the big package, as you imagined she would, Joana projects what looks like three waves of sound and light towards the painting. The first one lifts it up in the air. The second one releases it from its packaging quickly, but with cirurgical precision. The third one brings it like a flash to her hands. [[Continue|J35]]

- This is beautiful, $FirstName… You’ve always had a talent to captivate fellow beautiful souls. - Joana says, smiling and looking at the painting portraying you, Emma and Thomas. - Thank you! They are the best. - You reply, looking at the picture fondly and remembering how it was one of the highlights of your day. - So! where to? - She asks, looking excited - Choose a spot. You look around the room carefully and see a nice empty spot on the wall, just beside your bed. - There would be great! - You say, pointing in the direction of the empty space you spotted. Joana nods and sends the picture to the wall carefully, but quickly, in yet another wave of light and sound. Moving to look closer, you realize that a nail is holding the painting in place, even though you didn’t see her using any. - How did you do that? - You ask, impressed. - I influenced light, sound and matter on a very small scale, $FirstName. You’re actually not bad at it! You should remember soon! - She elbows you playfully, with a hint of fond nostalgia in her eyes. - Well, that is all for today, really. I should leave you to rest! [[Continue|J36]]

She looks at you and smiles while making her way to the door. You enjoy her company, but given how tired you are, you can’t disagree with her leaving without her seeing right through your actual physical state, once more. - Thank you, Joana! I’ll see you tomorrow! - You answer. Before she leaves, she looks back at you once more. - Good night, $FirstName! Allow me to do one last thing before I leave! - Her eyes turn slightly brighter for a moment and you can feel the room’s temperature rising - It’s a little cold today, and you’re still only human. You can’t help but smile at her unsurprising protectiveness. - I appreciate it! Have a good night! - You say. She looks at you kindly once more before shutting the door behind her. [[Continue|J37]]

You, then, proceed to lie down on your new bed and the white covers engulf you. They are very soft. As you’re settling, however, someone claps their hands loudly twice, from the other side of the door. - $FirstName!!! This is Avery. - They say and you can somehow hear their wide smile in their voice. - Hey, Avery. I was looking for you! Just a second. - You reply, starting to get up. - Oh! Don’t even bother opening the door, since I’m just passing by. I Just wanted to let you know that my room is nearby, 105, mmkay? If you need anything, let me know! - They say kindly, from the other side of the door. - Will do, thank you. You too! - You answer, unable to keep yourself from smiling at their kindness and loudness. - Ok! See you!! - They answer, and you can hear them leaving. “This might not be so bad, after all” - You think, still smiling as your body relaxes and you start to slowly give in to sleep. Unfortunately, when sleep finally comes, it doesn’t bring only peace as you would have hoped. [[Continue|J38]]

<img src="Chapter six.png" class="centerC"/><<notify 3s>>Autosaving!<</notify>> When you’re deep asleep, in a flow as natural as that of a river, memories start coming to you and, as if it’d never been forgotten, you now remember your all-time favorite color, which is: [[Black|J39][$FavColor to "black"]] [[White|J39][$FavColor to "white"]] [[Turquoise|J39][$FavColor to "turquoise"]] [[Green|J39][$FavColor to "green"]] [[Blue|J39][$FavColor to "blue"]] [[Yellow|J39][$FavColor to "yellow"]] [[Purple|J39][$FavColor to "purple"]] <<audio "musica_feliz" stop>> <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "chegada" loop play>><</if>>

<<notify 8s>>Read about the flowers in the extra menu!<</notify>> And, with that, you can see pretty $FavColor flashes of light dancing on your mind. Suddenly, you can also remember your all-time favorite flowers, which are: [[Orchides|J40][$FavFlower to "orchides"]] [[Lillies|J40][$FavFlower to "lillies"]] [[Roses|J40][$FavFlower to "roses"]] [[Sunflowers|J40][$FavFlower to "sunflowers"]] [[Tulips|J40][$FavFlower to "tulips"]] [[Yédys (Jupiterian)|J40][$FavFlower to "yédys"]] [[Yunzýas (Jupiterian)|J40][$FavFlower to "yunzýas"]] [[Oenpôes (Jupiterian)|J40][$FavFlower to "oenpôes"]] <<set $Extra to 1>>

And, once more, you can feel the smell of $FavFlower in the air, as if you were awake and in a field full of them. These peaceful discoveries, however, are pushed to the back of your mind as a strong, realistic memory surfaces. - KILL THE BEAST - You hear several voices screaming. You find yourself in an arena. The atmosphere around you looks dusty and yellow-ish. You can also feel your body way heavier than usual, as if gravity’s acceleration was more impactful in this place. When you look at the center of the arena, you see a humanoid creature with a broken arm. It’s in severe pain. Its body is tall, slender, and covered in orange shiny feathers, but it doesn’t have wings. The creature also has big claws, two big curved horns on its head and its eyes are a mix of orange and brown, without distinction between the irises and the rest. When you try to walk towards it, a guard stops you, holding both of your arms to keep you still. [[Continue|J41]]

Your heart aches in a way you didn’t think was possible. - It didn’t kill them!! - You scream, looking at the creature and the executioner, begging. Your heart is full of love and despair when you say those words. The creature screams, looking at you, and thick tears are shed from its eyes. The executioner hits it on the head and it stops screaming. The creature’s attempt to communicate with you makes you freeze for two specific reasons. The first is that you’re not scared at all. You are intimately sure that the creature is innocent from whatever the alleged crime is. The second is that you know, somehow, that this is Joana. They do not look or feel even remotely similar, but looking into the creature’s orange-brown eyes, you know who this really is. This is Joana. [[Continue|J42]]

“That’s impossible. What happened to you?” - You think, looking at the creature. The more you stare at it, the further your heart breaks. Your eyes hurt as tears painfully break their way to the surface. The being with a crown watching the display rises from their seat. Their eyes are full of rage and disgust. - I declare it guilty. Kill this disgusting beast!! - They order. The creature forcefully releases itself from the chains causing general fuss. It, then, runs towards you, only to stop very close. You stare into its sincere, deep eyes for a moment and you can feel it doing the same to you. It proceeds to plant a weak kiss on your forehead. A kiss wet with tears and blood. A kiss that breaks your soul in half. [[Continue|J43]]

The guard rips you two away from one another and the executioner throws a chain at the creature that takes it by its neck. It’s violently thrown against one of the walls as the hooded man approaches it with a big weapon that resembles a scythe. Your eyes sting as you watch the creature’s life being taken, along with the awful noise of flesh ripping and the smell of blood that, now, fills the whole air. After it agonizes for a few moments, life leaves its enormous body like a breeze. A last breath that comes out weakly, slowly, never again to return to its lungs. You let out a scream of despair, sadness and pain. It comes from the deepest corners of your soul and scratches every inch of your throat on its way out. The creature is gone. Joana is gone. [[Continue|J44]]

You wake up in a gasp. Tears on your eyes. Your breath is uneven and, suddenly, the once cozy room feels threatening and oppressive. The next thing you notice is an orange light field around you and, when you look at the end of the bed, you spot Joana standing there with her arms open. Her orange-brown eyes are so bright now they make it hard for you to look directly at her. Slowly, the light in her eyes dim and she undoes the light field around you, letting her arms drop to her sides. Contrary to her usual confident-looking self, Joana looks very serious, sad and hurt. - That’s a terrible one to start with... I’m sorry. - She says, averting her gaze and looking deeply ashamed. When you see Joana now, you feel the urge of... [[Hugging her|J45]] [[Talking to her|J46]] [[Demanding an explanation|J47]] <><<audio main_musica stop>> <<audio "chegada" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "dark_ambient" loop play>><</if>><>

The relief of seeing Joana alive and well after all of the suffering you just remembered is stronger than any question you might have. Before you can stop yourself, you get out of bed and try to embrace her in a tight hug. To your surprise, Joana puts a hand on your shoulder to stop you. Her face drops once again in deep sadness and she looks conflicted. After assessing your aura, however, she proceeds to embrace you tightly, longingly. <><<if $Height=="short">>She buries her face on your hair<<elseif $Height=="average">>She buries her face on your hair<<else>>She buries her face on your chest<</if>><>. Her grip on you is so tight you almost have to warn her not to break your back. The room becomes warmer once more, lighter. You stay like that for a few minutes before she breaks the hug and takes a couple of steps back. Joana is definitely way stronger than she looks. [[Continue|J48]] <<set $JoanaRoute += 2>>

The relief of seeing Joana alive and in one piece is big, but you are utterly perplexed. - Joana, what was that memory? - You say. Your voice is weak, almost a whisper, and it doesn't have an accusatory tone. You really just want to understand what is happening to you. Joana sighs deeply. The room becomes cold, once again. Then, she straightens your bed's positioning easily with one hand, since it seems like it's a bit crooked now. You hadn’t had a chance to notice this before, but Joana is way stronger than she looks. [[Continue|J48]] <<set $JoanaRoute += 1>>

The relief of seeing Joana alive is big, but you are utterly confused and frustrated. - Can you tell me what the hell was that? - You say. Your voice comes out louder than you planned it to. Joana sighs deeply. The room becomes cold, once again. Then, she straightens your bed's positioning easily with one hand, since it seems like it's a bit crooked now. You hadn’t had a chance to notice this before, but Joana is way stronger than she looks. [[Continue|J48]] <<set $JoanaRoute -= 1>>

When you look at her face now, she looks a lot more like her usual self, and it’s oddly reassuring. - I’m very sorry for intruding into your room like this - She says, and smiles sheepishly - But your aura was extremely unstable and you were calling for me insistently through it. To be more precise, you were mourning for who I was once. I needed to be by your side. It’s also common that one gets violent with themselves while retrieving a painful memory, so I locked you in place and shielded you from any external stimuli until you woke up naturally. She stops and looks at you a little more bashfully before saying the next part. - I also read your memory and, therefore, your thoughts from your aura. I hope you’ll pardon my intrusion into your head as well, but I needed to know in order to assist you afterwards. - She says. You hum. The light field around you makes sense now, but you’re more puzzled about the memory itself than about Joana’s methods. - That was you, wasn’t it?… And I watched you die. What happened? - You ask. [[Continue|J49]]

Joana chuckles lightly at that and it surprises you. - If I’m quite honest, that wasn’t the first nor the last time one of us watched the other die - She says - Although it is terrible that you had to go through how it felt again - She makes a pained expression, sympathetically. Once more, her face falls into sadness - We were Resistência and Perseverança in that lifetime. Joana extends you a hand to help you walk. You haven’t noticed it before, but your legs are actually shaky. When you take it, she kindly guides you towards the balcony of the room, offering your body support whenever she sees fit. Luckily, the weather is nice and the sun is just dawning. It paints the sky and the clouds with a red-orange tone that also reflects on the wide, peaceful lake that you can see in the distance from the balcony. You lean on the parapet and stay silent, while Joana releases you and prepares herself to continue. [[Continue|J50]]

After being thoughtful for a few moments, she starts: - That was around 89 lives ago, on a planet called Y-0340. Unfortunately, we can’t make the sounds required to say its name anymore. It’s interesting how our minds manage to translate them, regardless. In any case, the feathery being you saw was me, Resistência. - She says. You look in the distance, trying to recall exactly how Resistência looked. Now that you are awake and able to think logically, you can assess just how magnificent and pure that being was. The whole situation makes your heart feel heavy, once more. Joana shoots her orange-brown eyes in your direction with a sympathetic smile. There’s a hint of enjoyment in her gaze. - Trust me, I’m aware… - She smiles - I was very proud of those feathers, I’ll have you know. [[Continue|J51]]

She takes a deep breath. - Unfortunately, as you probably noticed, no other being was born like me on that planet. I was considered an abomination and, therefore, my parents abandoned me at a very early age, hoping that I would simply perish. But I was just as strong as I was different. - Her eyes glint in determination and the temperature rises once again. You’re starting to get used to it. [[Reassure her physically|J52]] [[Show sympathy|J53]] [[Let her continue|J54]]

You squeeze her shoulder in a reassuring gesture. Joana looks at you appreciatively before letting out a breath she didn’t know she was holding. The temperature goes back to its normal state before she continues: - I had to live in the wild, among animals. They were the only beings that wouldn’t judge me or try to kill me out of pure enjoyment or fear. However, now and then, I’d have to go to the city to collect medicine, as I couldn’t heal all of my wounds naturally. It was always a challenge to get the money to buy them, and then even more so to find someone who wouldn’t run away before selling me what I needed. In one of those trips, however, I met you... Perseverança. Joana looks in the distance and a tender smile appears on her lips, she chuckles. The orange-red dawning sunlight reflects on her eyes and makes them look like they’re actually on fire. It suits them. [[Continue|J55]] <<set $JoanaRoute += 1>>

You close the distance between the two of you, showing sympathy with your eyes. Joana looks at you appreciatively before letting out a breath she didn’t know she was holding. The temperature goes back to its normal state before she continues: - I had to live in the wild, among animals. They were the only beings that wouldn’t judge me or try to kill me out of pure enjoyment or fear. However, now and then, I’d have to go to the city to collect medicine, as I couldn’t heal all of my wounds naturally. It was always a challenge to get the money to buy them, and then even more so to find someone who wouldn’t run away before selling me what I needed. In one of those trips, however, I met you... Perseverança. Joana looks in the distance and a tender smile appears on her lips, she chuckles. The orange-red dawning sunlight reflects on her eyes and makes them look like they’re actually on fire. It suits them. [[Continue|J55]] <<set $JoanaRoute += 1>>

You remain quiet to give her space to recompose herself. Joana stops talking and concentrates for a few moments before letting out a breath she didn’t know she was holding. The temperature goes back to its normal state before she continues: - I had to live in the wild, among animals. They were the only beings that wouldn’t judge me or try to kill me out of pure enjoyment or fear. However, now and then, I’d have to go to the city to collect medicine, as I couldn’t heal all of my wounds naturally. It was always a challenge to get the money to buy them, and then even more so to find someone who wouldn’t run away before selling me what I needed. In one of those trips, however, I met you... Perseverança. Joana looks in the distance and a tender smile appears on her lips, she chuckles. The orange-red dawning sunlight reflects on her eyes and makes them look like they’re actually on fire. It suits them. [[Continue|J55]] <<set $Cold +=1>>

Joana seems oblivious to your staring, easily continuing from where she stopped: - Make no mistake, you ran away as quickly as lightning the first time you saw me! - Joana laughs and you can’t help but smile at that - But then, slowly, you started coming back from where you hid, looking at me suspiciously and… curiously. Making the distance between us shorter and testing my attacking probability with every step you took. She pauses and closes her eyes. When she opens them again, they’re wet. You take a step closer to her, to show that you’re listening. A couple of tears are shed from her eyes before she resumes: - That was the beginning of our friendship… You would buy me medicine and help me earn money without having to submit myself to degrading situations. Our dynamics worked really well, and I’d visit you very often. I was starting to feel at home for the very first time in my life. [[Continue|J56]]

Joana takes a deep breath. The atmosphere around her suddenly becomes very heavy and dark. - Then, one day, on my way to visit you, I heard an attack happening in the neighborhood. I didn’t even think before heading in that direction. Two beings were attacking another, a smaller one. I attacked them back and they ran away as the cowards they were but, unfortunately, I was too late. The victim was already dead, on my feet, and I was covered in blood. Joana’s hands turn into fists, there’s fire and pain in her eyes. - It didn’t take long until other beings saw me and jumped at the chance of incriminating me to guards nearby. All they wanted was to get rid of me, even though some of them knew I didn’t hurt anyone. I was, then, taken away to be judged, and never made it to your house. I was sure you’d hear the news, but I didn’t know whether you would believe them or not, which hurt infinitely more. Joana looks at you and, now, there is something in her eyes you can’t place. To your surprise, you start to see orange glimpses of light dancing all around her: - The judgment was a mere formality, of course. I knew I didn’t stand a chance at staying alive. My heart, however, was split. I wished you would never come to watch me die. But at the same time, all I wanted was to see you, my best friend, for the last time. Unsurprisingly, if I’m honest, you came. And you stood for me. I used the remaining of my strength to stand before you one last time before facing the inevitable. [[Continue|J57]]

Joana sheds a couple more tears before steadying her voice. You see something dark around her once more, and it sends goosebumps down your spine. - That was what you remembered… the moment we were ripped apart from one another. Unfortunately, that happening triggered something dangerous within me in the following couple of lives… but we also worked through it together at a point. You’ll remember it naturally, at this pace. Joana straightens her posture and wipes her tears. A few seconds later, she looks entirely refreshed, as if nothing heavy happened at all. - I think I follow… Thank you for telling me, that seemed very difficult. - You say, honestly. - Of course. I’m here for you, always. - She answers, looking at you kindly. You smile at those words, especially because she seems to be completely honest while saying them. Then, an unpleasant realization dawns on you. [[Continue|J58]]

- Do I still have many memories like that? - You ask, remembering the pain you went through retrieving that memory. Joana looks thoughtful before responding: - Only a couple are going to be as strong as that one, I can say that for sure... It was a very significant lifetime that affected the dynamics of several of the lives that followed, for both of us. - She says. She, then, turns to you and locks your eyes on hers, in a reassuring gesture. - I assure you, $FirstName, that in this life I’m in full condition to protect you, instead. Whenever you retrieve a memory that breaks your heart, I’ll feel it and, like I did today, I’ll come. - She says. - Thank you, Joana… for telling me, for being here. - You say, looking at her tenderly, yourself. <><<if $JoanaFriend==1>> - Don’t mention it… That's what friends are for. - She smiles at you and her cheeks turn pink.<<else>>- Don’t mention it… It’s a shame you didn’t get to see yourself in that lifetime, though. You looked stunning, just like you do now. - She smiles at you and her cheeks turn pink, but her gaze doesn’t waver.<</if>><> <<if $JoanaFriend==1>> [[Continue|Jextra]] <<else>> [[You break eye-contact first|J59]] [[You do not avert your gaze|J60]] <</if>>

- Oh, hum, thanks! You were a gorgeous being as well. - You say, averting your gaze and feeling a strange warmth in your body. This time you know it isn’t Joana’s doing, at least not directly. She chuckles tenderly, then looks at you and assesses your aura to make sure that what she sees means that you’re ok to be left alone. She nods to herself. - I need to attend to some matters now. I’ll definitely see you at the initiation ceremony, is that alright? - She asks. - Yes, of course. I’ll see you soon! - You answer and nod. Joana smiles at you brightly. Then, she leaves with quick, firm foot steps, not looking back before softly closing the door. [[Continue|J61]] <<set $Shy +=1>>

You maintain eye-contact for as long as Joana is willing to. Noticing your confidence and challenge, she smiles at you wolfishly and the temperature of the room changes so suddenly it somewhat scares you. Not being able to strech this moment for too long, unfortunately, she looks at you and assesses your aura quickly to make sure that what she sees means that you’re ok to be left alone. She nods to herself. - I need to attend to some matters now. I’ll definitely see you at the initiation ceremony, is that alright? - She asks, gently. - Yes, of course. I’ll see you soon! - You answer and nod. Joana smiles at you brightly. Then, she leaves with quick, firm foot steps, not looking back before softly closing the door. [[Continue|J61]] <<set $Blunt += 1>>

When she’s gone, you stare at the door for a while, thinking about how someone can feel so strange, yet so familiar at the same time. Then, you turn back to the balcony. It’s a beautiful day and the sun is way higher up in the sky now than it was when you first walked outside with Joana. When you hear people starting to walk in the hallway, and the peaceful silence is slowly replaced by excited chatter, you realize that the day has, now, officially begun. [[Continue|J62]]

<img src="Chapter seven.png" class="centerC"/><<notify 3s>>Autosaving!<</notify>> The day starts normally and you change into casual and comfortable clothes to go outside. Fortunately, you meet up with Avery in the hallway and both of you head to the cafeteria on the ground floor to have breakfast. It’s the same restaurant where you had dinner the previous night, but it feels even lighter and happier with the sunlight that comes inside now from its broad windows. The heavenly smell of freshly baked food fills your senses and guides you directly to the serving table, leaving a very giggly Avery trying to keep up with your pace from behind you. [[Continue|J63]] <<audio "dark_ambient" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "main_musica" volume 0.6 fadein loop>><</if>>

After you’ve put together a combination of both things that you know and others that seem appealing for you to try, you sit down to eat with Avery, whose plate is even more risky than yours. You look at the instruments that were playing themselves the previous night in the corner, but they are, now, still. - Avery, do you have any idea how those instruments were playing themselves yesterday? - You ask, suddenly remembering you were meaning to ask them about it. - Oh, yeah! - Avery laugh lightly - They weren’t “playing themselves”, $FirstName. They were being played by friendly spirits of the division. They are part of the division just like we are, and sometimes they grace us with a side talent. - Oh! That’s interesting… I didn’t know. - You reply. - Yep, no problem! - Avery say. [[Continue|J66]]

You figure that it can't go wrong if you only pick things you already know the taste. "Better safe than sorry" - You guess. You sit down to eat with Avery, whose plate is a lot more risky than yours. You look at the instruments that were playing themselves the previous night in the corner, but they are, now, still. - Avery, do you have any idea how those instruments were playing themselves yesterday? - You ask, suddenly remembering you were meaning to ask them about it. - Oh, yeah! - Avery laugh lightly - They weren’t “playing themselves”, $FirstName. They were being played by friendly spirits of the division. They are part of the division just like we are, and sometimes they grace us with a side talent. - Oh! That’s interesting… I didn’t know. - You reply. - Yep, no problem! - Avery say. [[Continue|J66]]

- By the way… where were you last night after dinner? - You ask, remembering that you couldn’t find them for the life of you. - Oh! - Avery blushes - Long trips make me very sick sometimes… Let’s just say that I can easily point out a couple of bathrooms for you if you have to go. - Aw, hope you’re feeling better! - You say, holding back your fond laughter so as not to embarass them further. - Thanks! I’m great today, actually. - They smile at you brightly and resume eating. You and Avery keep talking about small things until a senior enters the restaurant and calls for everybody’s attention. She’s a kind-looking woman named Fannie, and wears The Protectors’s uniform: a black skin tight suit with a cape adorned with seagreen details, along with flat boots. [[Continue|J67]]

Just like Joana told you would happen, Fannie lets all of you know that the initiation ceremony will be happening today at 7pm, and that appropriate clothes will be delivered to your rooms this afternoon. Still according to her, it will take place in The Third Garden, where good part of the dense forest is. You find it odd that you don’t remember seeing any dense forest while you were landing. Fannie also asks that all of you meet up with her in the main hall of the building at 6:45pm, so that she can lead you to the initiation ceremony’s location without anyone potentially getting lost in the way. Before taking her leave, Fannie smiles and waves charmingly at the staff working in the kitchen. [[Continue|J68]]

Avery, on the other hand, despite their overall content face, doesn’t seem nearly as excited and curious about how the ceremony is going to go as you are. After breakfast is done, Avery excuse themself to go unpack, since, according to them, their room “is exactly the same mess mine is back home already, and it’s only been one night!”. You laugh at those words and see this as a good opportunity to unpack, yourself. You both agree to meet up again in the hallway to go to the main hall together at 6:30pm. Before going back to your room, however, you decide to steal a glance at the wide map that is on the wall of the main hall. Surprisingly, now you can see a big forest bordering one of the gardens that surround the set of buildings. [[Continue|J69]]

It leaves you wondering if it slipped your attention yesterday or if it simply appeared there today. Around a month ago, the second option wouldn’t even be possible but, now, you are not so sure. Deciding to drop it for the time being, you head to your room and begin unpacking slowly. [[You are neatly organized |J70]] [[You are a little messy |J71]] [[You are very messy |J72]]

After placing all of your things carefully in their appropriate place, you lean back on your bed and relax. It’s around 5 pm when you hear a gentle knock at the door. When you open it, a very friendly woman hands you a package with the clothes you’ll be wearing tonight, along with a small box with shoes. When you open it, you can see your uniform for the first time: a black skin tight suit, carefully tailored. The cape behind it is exuberant and the sea-green arrows that point upwards at the end of it are much more vibrant up close. Looking at it closely for the first time, you feel a sense of… [[Belonging]] [[Pride]] [[Excitement]] [[Apathy]] <<set $Organized +=1>>

After placing most of your things in their appropriate place, you lean back on your bed and relax. It’s around 5 pm when you hear a gentle knock at the door. When you open it, a very friendly woman hands you a package with the clothes you’ll be wearing tonight, along with a small box with shoes. When you open it, you can see your uniform for the first time: a black skin tight suit, carefully tailored. The cape behind it is exuberant and the sea-green arrows that point upwards at the end of it are much more vibrant up close. Looking at it closely for the first time, you feel a sense of… [[Belonging]] [[Pride]] [[Excitement]] [[Apathy]] <<set $Disorganized +=1>>

You kind of just find a few places that look somewhat appropriate to put your things and calls it a day. Soon, you lean back on your bed and relax. It’s around 5 pm when you hear a gentle knock at the door. When you open it, a very friendly woman hands you a package with the clothes you’ll be wearing tonight, along with a small box with shoes. When you open it, you can see your uniform for the first time: a black skin tight suit, carefully tailored. The cape behind it is exuberant and the sea-green arrows that point upwards at the end of it are much more vibrant up close. Looking at it closely for the first time, you feel a sense of… [[Belonging]] [[Pride]] [[Excitement]] [[Apathy]] <<set $Disorganized +=1>>

The feeling of belonging fills your chest. You are part of something bigger now and this uniform is a palpable proof of that. After taking a quick shower, finally, you slip it on. The fabric brushes against your skin softly, almost a caress. The fit is perfect on your body and it makes you just a bit suspicious that someone might have taken your measurements stealthily somehow. Its cape flows behind you with your every movement and makes even the slightest one of them look epic. You laugh at the thought. There is something missing, though… [[Makeup and shoes|J73]] [[The shoes|J74]] <<set $SuccessProtectors +=1>>

The feeling of pride fills your chest. You are part of something bigger now and this uniform is a palpable proof of that. After taking a quick shower, finally, you slip it on. The fabric brushes against your skin softly, almost a caress. The fit is perfect on your body and it makes you just a bit suspicious that someone might have taken your measurements stealthily somehow. Its cape flows behind you with your every movement and makes even the slightest one of them look epic. You laugh at the thought. There is something missing, though… [[Makeup and shoes|J73]] [[The shoes|J74]] <<set $SuccessProtectors +=1>>

The feeling of excitement fills your chest. You are part of something bigger now and this uniform is a palpable proof of that. After taking a quick shower, finally, you slip it on. The fabric brushes against your skin softly, almost a caress. The fit is perfect on your body and it makes you just a bit suspicious that someone might have taken your measurements stealthily somehow. Its cape flows behind you with your every movement and makes even the slightest one of them look epic. You laugh at the thought. There is something missing, though… [[Makeup and shoes|J73]] [[The shoes|J74]] <<set $SuccessProtectors +=1>>

You don't have any particular feelings about the uniform. It looks comfortable, though, which is good enough for you. After taking a quick shower, finally, you slip it on. The fabric brushes against your skin softly, almost a caress. The fit is perfect on your body and it makes you just a bit suspicious that someone might have taken your measurements stealthily somehow. Its cape flows behind you with your every movement and makes even the slightest one of them look epic. You laugh at the thought. There is something missing, though… [[Makeup and shoes|J73]] [[The shoes|J74]]

You head to the dressing table and reach for some of the makeup you brought along with you. Quickly, you make sure that your skin looks even nicer than it usually does, while also highlighting some of your facial traits. Finally, you step into the flat, also skin tight boots that the woman brought along with the uniform. It fits perfectly, is malleable and comfortable. Being fully ready, just as you realize that it’s time to meet up with Avery in the hallway, you hear a firm knock at the door. When you open it, Avery’s bright amber eyes stand out a lot more in the uniform, which, funnily, conveys their excitement even better. - $FirstName!!! We look so cool! - They say, opening their arms as if to allow you to see how they look. They also turn around a couple of times for you to see how the cape moves. [[Continue|J75]]

Finally, you step into the flat, also skin tight boots that the woman brought along with the uniform. It fits perfectly, is malleable and comfortable. Being fully ready, just as you realize that it’s time to meet up with Avery in the hallway, you hear a firm knock at the door. When you open it, Avery’s bright amber eyes stand out a lot more in the uniform, which, funnily, conveys their excitement even better. - $FirstName!!! We look so cool! - They say, opening their arms as if to allow you to see how they look. They also turn around a couple of times for you to see how the cape moves. [[Continue|J75]]

You laugh out loud at that. - We really do. I feel like a superhero! - You say, playing along with them. - I know, right?? - They reply, giving you room to step outside. The two of you walk comfortably to the main hall together and Fannie, the protector from earlier, is waiting for the new members close to the entrance. When all of you are finally gathered, you can see that there’s around 35 of you in total. You are, then, led to The Third Garden. As you walk silently along the other members, you contemplate the hovering golden Venn diagram in the center of the buildings. It’s a lot more beautiful and impressive up close. [[Continue|J76]]

The overall harmonious atmosphere of The Protectors’s training site also looks a lot like a piece of what a futuristic, ideal city would be described as in a book. As you’re approaching the garden, the dense forest behind it immediately calls your attention. The trees are tall and diverse in the shape of the treetops. The air that comes from it is cold and feels oddly threatening, while the branches and leaves of the trees form a bizarre silhouette on the horizon, especially in the dark of the dawning night. In front of it lies the Third Garden itself: a pretty open area with neatly trimmed grass. It has nice smelling flowers around it and a cute pond with a water fountain. You suddenly notice that the temperature is rising just a tiny bit. You smile. [[Continue|J77]] <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "labirinto" loop play>><</if>><</if>> <<if $audio>><<audio "Fonte" volume 0.1 loop play>> <</if>>

Joana is facing the forest when the group first approaches. She’s wearing the uniform as well, but the golden details that adorn her cape as a leader seem to actually glow tonight. When she turns to face you, her phoenix-colored eyes illuminate a small area in front of her. She walks towards you confidently and, once again, her hair and cape dance beautifully with the wind. She looks at every single one of your faces before speaking and, when she sees you, her cheeks assume a rouge tone and she smiles even more brightly. - Don’t you all look amazing? - She says, and her gaze falls directly upon you at those words, with intention - Tonight you become a protector, fully. The initiation ceremony will introduce your soul to our division, as well as you to a new partner you’ll be seeing from time to time from now on. - She smiles enigmatically. [[Continue|J78]]

Joana starts walking around with determination and a dangerous amusement on her face, looking at the new members as if she has some kind of interesting surprise for you. The people around you seem intimidated by her, while… [[You, for one, are not intimidated at all |J79]] [[You are also slightly intimidated |J80]]

You, for one, are not exactly intimidated by Joana, but you’re curious as to why she’s acting that way. She clears her throat and smiles before continuing: - Alright! This is how it goes: each of you will come with me individually to the forest and I’ll leave you there for a while, so that our division’s spirits can talk to you. After you’re done all you have to do is come join the rest of us, so I can send in the next member. - Joana says as she gestures towards the dark, massive forest. [[Continue|J79E]]

You are also slightly intimidated by Joana, but you’re more curious as to why she’s acting that way. She clears her throat and smiles before continuing: - Alright! This is how it goes: each of you will come with me individually to the forest and I’ll leave you there for a while, so that our division’s spirits can talk to you. After you’re done all you have to do is come join the rest of us, so I can send in the next member. - Joana says as she gestures towards the dark, massive forest. [[Continue|J80E]]

Very thick silence falls over the garden. You look around and hope that someone will quickly volunteer, just so that this awkwardness will stop. Realizing that no one else's going to be willing to go first, you force yourself to step forward. - Very well! We have a volunteer! - Joana looks at you proudly, walking towards you. Joana approaches you quickly and gestures towards the forest. - Shall we? - She smiles at you, a hint more reassuringly this time. - Of course. - You answer. Though slightly nervous, it’s not like you have a choice now. [[Continue|J83]]

Very thick silence falls over the garden. You look around and hope that someone will quickly volunteer, just so that this awkwardness will stop. Then, suddenly, someone steps on your foot and makes you stumble forward. - Very well! We have a volunteer! - Joana looks at you proudly, walking towards you. You look back to locate the culprit of putting you in this situation, only to find Avery muttering “So sorry $FirstName, it was too awkward. You got this!” with a red face and a wide smile. You squint your eyes at them. You’ll have to see about this little betrayal later. Joana approaches you quickly and gestures towards the forest. - Shall we? - She smiles at you, a hint more reassuringly this time. - Of course. - You answer. Though slightly nervous, it’s not like you have a choice now. [[Continue|J83]]

As you get closer to the forest and the other members are left behind, Joana closes the distance between the two of you even more. Her warmth fills the air around you and makes you feel a little safer. - $FirstName, I know this can seem frightening at first, but I assure you it’s absolutely safe. If it becomes too much, though, all you have to do is whisper my name and I’ll come to you. - She says, looking at you attentively. - Really? Because I will. Thank you! - You reply, feeling a bit more reassured. Joana chuckles. As you walk with her by a few of the trees, you’re surprised to find a clean circled area in the forest. In the middle of it, alongside with symmetrically disposed rocks, there’s a red mat. The illumination is provided by a two foot tall bonfire burning in the corner. Joana guides you to the red mat and offers you her hand as support for you to keep your balance while sitting down on it. She squats by your side and stares at your general area for a few seconds. She smiles. - Despite your somewhat scared face, your aura is as stable as they come. You’re ready. - She nods at you and stays like that for just a little longer before getting up and leaving. [[Continue|J84]] <<audio "Fonte" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "fogo_calmo" loop play>><</if>>

Before she gets out of your field of vision, she looks back once more and nods to you proudly. Then, she disappears in the dark. Suddenly, the forest seems a lot more dangerous now that you’re by yourself. The wind feels thick, cold and...alive. When you look at the fire, your only source of warmth and light, it wavers and you can swear you hear children’s laughter coming from it. With that, a deep and foreign voice comes from the air around you and freezes you in place. It sends shivers through your whole body. [[Continue|J85]]

- What is your name, young one? - It asks. The words resonate in the air as if it comes from every direction at the same time. - I am $FirstName. - You reply, trying to appear calmer than you are. - $FirstName - The voice says, and it echoes a few times in the distance - What an interesting name… I am not quite sure if the name and the face are fit to a protector, however. [[Continue|J85E]]

- I am who I am, and I am a Protector. - You force yourself to reply but, unfortunately, it sounds more cheesy than threatening, which isn't exactly what you were aiming for. The spirit laughs loudly and its deep voice, combined with the insistent blowing wind, make your body tremble. - Poor young one… Now I'll need you to show me an actual skill then. Are you ready? - The spirit says, menacingly. Just as you hear those words, the bonfire begins to flicker insistently. You start hearing several voices, whispers and laughter in the air. When the fire finally stops flickering you see a dark, tall creature with large horns behind it. Its red eyes lock on yours with enjoyment. Its mouth is ripped open all the way to its ears and its sharp teeth, now, form a threatening smile looking at you. [[You run]] [[You freeze]] [[You find a way to defend yourself]] <<if $audio>><<audio "vento" loop play>><</if>> <<audio "whispers" loop play>>

- It isn't a name or a face what makes a Protector. - You force yourself to reply. You are scared, but you have to stand your ground. The spirit laughs loudly and its deep voice, combined with the insistent blowing wind, make your body tremble. - Poor young one… Let's see about your other traits, then! Are you ready to show me your skills? - The spirit says, menacingly. Just as you hear those words, the bonfire begins to flicker insistently. You start hearing several voices, whispers and laughter in the air. When the fire finally stops flickering you see a dark, tall creature with large horns behind it. Its red eyes lock on yours with enjoyment. Its mouth is ripped open all the way to its ears and its sharp teeth, now, form a threatening smile looking at you. [[You run]] [[You freeze]] [[You find a way to defend yourself]] <<if $audio>><<audio "vento" loop play>><</if>> <<audio "whispers" loop play>>

- I... - You try to force yourself to reply, but you are too scared. The spirit laughs loudly and its deep voice, combined with the insistent blowing wind, make your body tremble. - Poor young one… Can't even mutter a cohesive response, how meager. I am growing tired of this pathetic display, however. Are you ready to show me any real skills? - The spirit says, menacingly. Just as you hear those words, the bonfire begins to flicker insistently. You start hearing several voices, whispers and laughter in the air. When the fire finally stops flickering you see a dark, tall creature with large horns behind it. Its red eyes lock on yours with enjoyment. Its mouth is ripped open all the way to its ears and its sharp teeth, now, form a threatening smile looking at you. [[You run]] [[You freeze]] [[You find a way to defend yourself]] <<if $audio>><<audio "vento" loop play>><</if>> <<audio "whispers" loop play>>

Fear starts bubbling in your stomach and you stand up from the mat, getting ready to run as fast as you can. To your surprise, an invisible force locks you in place, forcing you to sit down again. The creature starts walking towards you. - Oh, my… You’ll have to do better than that, protector. - The creature says. [[You try to reason with the creature]] [[This is too much, you call for joana]] <<audio "whispers" stop>>

Fear starts bubbling in your stomach, but you can't gather the strength to stand up from the mat. Your nerves lock you in place, forcing you to watch as the terrifying creature gets even closer to you. - Oh, my… You’ll have to do better than that, protector. - The creature says. [[You try to reason with the creature]] [[This is too much, you call for joana]] <<audio "whispers" stop>>

Fear starts bubbling in your stomach and you stand up from the mat, reaching for one of the rocks beside you. To your surprise, an invisible hand knocks the rock out of your reach. The creature starts walking towards you. - Oh, my… You’ll have to do better than that, protector. - The creature says. [[You try to reason with the creature]] [[This is too much, you call for Joana|This is too much, you call for joana]] <<audio "whispers" stop>>

You gather all of your courage to try and talk to the creature that is quickly crawling in your direction. - Joana said that you were not dangerous. Why are you doing this? - You ask. - We’re not dangerous to protectors. You, in contrast, simply aren’t one of them. Maybe in the next lifetime, child! - Says the creature, and it laughs with a cruel amount of disgust and pity in its voice. You start backing away and, finally, realize that you have no choice. You have to call for Joana. You get down to the ground, putting your hands above your head and closing your eyes. - “J-” - And, just as you start whispering her name, you hear a loud, powerful sound from behind you. It comes from a... [[A wolf|J89][$AffinityAnimal to "wolf"]] [[A tiger|J89][$AffinityAnimal to "tiger"]] [[A snake|J89][$AffinityAnimal to "snake"]]

When the creature is dangerously close to you, finally, you realize that you have no choice. You have to call for Joana. You put your hands above your head to try to concentrate and control your fear. You close your eyes. - “J-” - And, just as you start whispering her name, you hear a loud, powerful sound from behind you. It comes from a... [[A wolf|J89][$AffinityAnimal to "wolf"]] [[A tiger|J89][$AffinityAnimal to "tiger"]] [[A snake|J89][$AffinityAnimal to "snake"]]

<><<if $AffinityAnimal=="tiger">>A white tiger with blue eyes and black stripes materializes behind you. It jumps to stand guard between you and the creature and is, in fact, abnormally big, being taller than you are.<<elseif $AffinityAnimal=="wolf">>A black wolf with striking red eyes materializes behind you. It jumps to stand guard between you and the creature and is, in fact, abnormally big, being taller than you are.<<else>>A coral snake with glowing marks that intercalate gracefully between red and yellow materializes behind you. It jumps to stand guard between you and the creature and is, in fact, abnormally big, being taller than you are.<</if>><> The creature takes a few steps back, baffled. It squints its eyes and hisses intimidatingly, threatening to move further once more, only to be met with an even more fierce <><<if $AffinityAnimal=="tiger">>growl from the tiger<<elseif $AffinityAnimal=="wolf">>growl from the wolf<<else>>hiss from the snake<</if>><>. [[Continue|J90E]] <> <<if $AffinityAnimal=="tiger">> <<set $AnimalName to "Aoi">> <<audio "Aoi_rosna" play>> <<elseif $AffinityAnimal=="wolf">> <<set $AnimalName to "Edgar">> <<audio "edgar_uivo" play>> <<else>> <<set $AnimalName to "Soraya">> <<audio "Soraya_chega" play>> <</if>><><<audio "vento" stop>>

- Well! It seems like my job here is done! Sorry ‘bout that, child! I hope we’ll see each other again. - It says. The creature, then, disintegrates into thin air leaving nothing but a few signs of dark smoke behind. You are deeply relieved that it's gone... Until the $AffinityAnimal turns to you, that is. It is a very big animal and, slowly, it starts to move in your direction very carefully. It stops a few inches away from you and bows its head. Watching the display amazed, you bow, yourself. The $AffinityAnimal gets even closer to you and brushes its head on the side of your stomach. You pet it, unable to fully process the situation. Then, the $AffinityAnimal holds your gaze. You can tell that it’s calling for your attention, but you can’t understand why. You stay still, waiting for it to show you what it wants. It doesn’t move, instead, you can hear a name on your head. The $AffinityAnimal is called… <<textbox "$AnimalName" $AnimalName>> [[Continue|J91]] <><<if $audio>><<if $AffinityAnimal=="tiger">> <<audio "Aoi_calma" play>> <<elseif $AffinityAnimal=="wolf">> <<audio "edgar_calmo" play>> <<else>> <<audio "Soraya_chocalho" play>> <</if>><</if>><>

You are surprised to hear the name “$AnimalName” echoing on your mind. After a couple of seconds of consideration, you understand. - $AnimalName, I’m $FirstName - You say, delighted by its looks and how kind and protective it feels towards you. Before you can say anything else, though, you hear yet another quick whisper in your head. It’s a pronoun this time. $AnimalName goes by... [[She/her|Condi][$PronounAnimal to "she"]] [[He/his|Condi][$PronounAnimal to "he"]] [[They/them|Condi][$PronounAnimal to "they"]]

- So you go by $PronounAnimal! - You smile - I go by $Pronoun! $AnimalName nod<<es>> and two strings of warm light appear on $PossProStartAnimal forehead, where the eyebrows would be, forming an arrow pointing downwards. You realize that’s the same pattern Naímia, Joana’s affinity animal, has in her forehead. Realization fully dawns on you. - You are my Affinity Animal!! - You state, excitedly. <><<if $AffinityAnimal=="tiger">>$AnimalName look<<es>> at you exasperatedly and shake<<es>> $PossProStartAnimal head playfully, then $PronounAnimal seem<<es>> truly happy, nodding once more to confirm your suspicion.<<elseif $AffinityAnimal=="wolf">>$AnimalName look<<es>> at you and bow<<es>> once more, this time to confirm your suspicion, proceeding to tilt $PossProStartAnimal head playfully right after. <<print ucfirst($PronounAnimal)>> <<aren>> truly happy, and you can oddly tell.<<else>>$AnimalName support<<es>> $PossProStartAnimal body in a way to stand very tall. Then, $PronounAnimal bow<<es>> deeply to confirm your suspition. <<print ucfirst($PronounAnimal)>> feel<<es>> truly happy, and you can oddly tell.<</if>><> $AnimalName start<<es>> <><<if $AffinityAnimal=="snake">>slithering<<else>>walking<</if>><> towards where the others are, pausing for a bit and waiting patiently for you to realize that you need to follow. - Oh! Right. - You say, snapping out of your amazement state to follow. [[Continue|J93]]

<<notify 8s>>Division profile updated!<</notify>>When you reach the others, all of the new members are shocked by the sight of $AnimalName <><<if $AffinityAnimal=="snake">>slithering<<else>>walking<</if>><> protectively by your side. Joana looks pleased. When you approach her, she moves her hands beautifully in the air, materializing a silver hoop for you. When you take it, you realize that it’s actually very light. Joana turns to the small crowd. - Everyone, this beautiful $AffinityAnimal is an ancient spirit called $AnimalName, and it goes by $PronounAnimal. It has chosen to bond with and protect $FirstName, therefore, becoming $PossProStart Affinity Animal. These kind spirits, given their wisdom and wide experience, are going to be the ones responsible for handling the few offensive tactics that you are going to develop together in the next few months. [[Continue|J94]]<<set $UpdateAnimal to 1>> <><<if $audio>><<if $AffinityAnimal=="tiger">> <<audio "Aoi_calma" play>> <<elseif $AffinityAnimal=="wolf">> <<audio "edgar_calmo" play>> <<else>> <<audio "Soraya_chocalho" play>> <</if>><</if>> <<audio "fogo_calmo" stop>> <<audio "Fonte" volume 0.1 loop play>><>

Joana points at the hoop that you’re carrying and asks for permission to take it, with her gaze. When you consent to it, she makes it levitate, so that it’s visible for everyone. - This hoop, that all of you will have by the end of tonight, is a physical manifestation of your bond with your Affinity Animal, and it can be used not only to invoke them quietly but also as an auxiliary to your training. These souls are devoted to protecting your life now, and you shall do the same for them. - Joana says, looking at the small crowd seriously and floating the silver hoop back to you gently. You look at $AnimalName with eyes full of gratitude. <<print ucfirst($PronounAnimal)>> appear<<es>> to feel your appreciativeness, leaning $PossProStartAnimal body against yours. <<print ucfirst($PronounAnimal)>> <<aren>> quite heavy, but you don’t mind it. - So who’s the next volunteer? - Joana says, cheerfully. Contrary to the first time she said those words, almost all of the group wants to go next, which takes a sound chuckle out of Joana. - Alright, you! - She says, pointing at one of the members - Come with me! [[Continue|J95]]

And, one by one, the members come back from the forest with their newfound partners. One of them comes back with a lion, the other with a hawk, and yet another with a rhino. Soon, all of you are standing there with a beautiful, exotic animal by your sides and a delicate silver hoop on your dominant hands. The atmosphere is light, but powerful. The spirits that were once contained in the forest now play among you as shadows, a subtle further aid to your future endeavours as protectors. Joana makes her way to stand beside you as all of you stand together in the middle of The Third Garden. Your eyes glinting, your capes flowing with the wind. [[Continue|J96]]

<<notify 3s>>Autosaving!<</notify>>You feel like all of you are one at that moment. Joana raises her golden hoop and says in her melodic, commanding voice: - PROTECTORS. - W-e shall... rise? - Some of you respond, others don’t. There’s a brief pause and laughter fills the air. - Are you ready now? - Joana asks, a beautiful smile on her full lips. All of you nod and prepare yourselves. Joana straightens her posture once more. - PROTECTORS! You are, now, ready to produce the most powerful unisson of voices you've heard in years. [[WE SHALL RISE!|J97]] <<audio "Fonte" stop>> <<audio "main_musica" stop>> <<audio "labirinto" stop>> <<if $audio>><<audio "Protectors" loop play>><</if>>

<<notify 5s>>Credits unlocked!<</notify>>Thank you for playing! Found any spelling/grammar issues or bugs? Let me know however you like. The bug report form and ask box on Tumblr are open for that as well! You can also just come by to say hi! I'll see you in the next update! Love, Lou. *Do not save here! Your file will be deleted in the next update if you do. <<set $Credits to 1>> <><<if $audio>><<if $AffinityAnimal=="tiger">> <<audio "Aoi_late" play>> <<elseif $AffinityAnimal=="wolf">> <<audio "edgar_uivo" play>> <<else>> <<audio "Soraya_ameaca" play>> <</if>><</if>><>

<img src="AA extra.png" class="centerC"/> Affinity animals are ancient souls that choose to manifest in an animal form (which changes, depending on the planet that they are manifesting) in order to bond with and protect a certain soul. They are usually souls that, though wise and old, can easily inflict offensive tactics on another soul, if they calculate that it is appropriate and for the greater good. They also excel at it more than any of the other orders of spirits, which is why every member of The Protectors train and act with an affinity animal, in what is known as bonding by duty. The bonding, that is another bit of lore and might change names in the future, may happen: (1) Under a dangerous or stressful situation, which may cause a nearby animal spirit to manifest and guard a vulnerable spirit of another order that is subject to their affection (note: they will always jump to protect a spirit in danger, but the bonding won’t happen if there isn’t affection involved). (2) Due to a long-term friendship, which is pretty intuitive. It happens because of the love there is between two souls, of any order. (3) By duty, in which one is under a division that functions better if they have a companion of such order by their side (animal spirits are members of the division exactly like everybody else). Often times, the bonding that happens by duty or under dangerous circumstances is also between someone and a spiritual animal that already know each other but, for one reason or another, had their paths parted in one of their previous lives. Therefore, essentially, all of the bonding types happen where there is real affection, from both sides. On an important note, animal spirits are not inferior or superior than the other order of spirits. They have their own evolutionary scale and, funnily, all of the ones you will see in Ascendance would be more evolved than us, if we were to put it in a common scale. <<back>>

She looks at you and assesses your aura quickly to make sure that what she sees means that you’re ok to be left alone. She nods to herself. - I need to attend to some matters now. I’ll definitely see you at the initiation ceremony, is that alright? - She asks. - Yes, of course. I’ll see you soon! - You answer and nod. Joana smiles at you brightly. Then, she leaves with quick, firm foot steps, not looking back before softly closing the door. [[Continue|J61]]

- If you don't mind me asking - You interrupt Elya's story bluntly - What is it that you did? I don't understand. Elya looks absolutely ashamed before responding. His face turns into something so dark and sad you can barely recognize the kind man you've come to know in this short period of time. - I made a huge mistake, $FirstName, and it was in a life yet before that one. I'd rather wait until you remember it naturally, if you wouldn't mind. It would be easier for me to explain, and talking about it makes it hard for me to continue working for the day. - He says and, contrary to what you were expecting, there is barely any emotion in his voice at those words. His eyes lose their shine and depth as he looks at you in a blunt way that could only be described as cold. You haven't seen this side of him before. - Right! I can wait, don't worry. - You say kindly, but with a misterious feeling growing on your chest. It lingers around suspicion, fear and empathy. In the end, you just don't know. Elya takes a deep breath, trying to focus. His voice is steadier the next time he speaks: - Then, one day, you caught me at a very bad moment. I simply couldn’t take the conflict of emotions that your visits inflicted in my heart. I was angry, but also pleased. Glad, but also miserable. I missed you... but I hated you. That was the day I decided to threaten your existence, so you would never return. You knew me well enough by then, so I had to make it believable. Elya looks at you and, now, he isn’t as deeply pained as he was seconds ago. Surprisingly, you start to see golden glimpses of light dancing all around him: - Contrary to my expectations, you didn’t run away. Brave small being you were... - He smiles warmly - Since I didn’t expect you to actually stay, I put a little too much strength in chasing you, and I knew I would kill you if I kept going. [[Continue|E59]] <<set $Cold +=3>>

You, for one, are not exactly intimidated by Ian and, quite honestly, he does act like that rather often from what you’ve been able to gather so far. He clears his throat and smiles before continuing: - Alright! This is how we are gonna go about it: each of you will come with me individually to the Miracle of glasses and I’ll stay there with you for a while, so that our division’s spirits can talk to you. After you’re done, all you have to do is come join the rest of us, so I can go inside with the next member. - Ian says as he gestures towards the massive building of glass, dimly illuminated. [[Continue|177]]

You are also slightly intimidated by Ian but, quite honestly, he does act like that rather often from what you’ve been able to gather so far. He clears his throat and smiles before continuing: - Alright! This is how we are gonna go about it: each of you will come with me individually to the Miracle of glasses and I’ll stay there with you for a while, so that our division’s spirits can talk to you. After you’re done, all you have to do is come join the rest of us, so I can go inside with the next member. - Ian says as he gestures towards the massive building of glass, dimly illuminated. [[Continue|178]]

The wind whistles very loudly just as she does that and you swear you can hear a few whispers coming out of the forest. The new members almost automatically take a step back. Joana’s eyes glint even more at that. She’s excited. - So! Who volunteers to go first? - She asks, smiling as brightly as the few lights that illuminate the garden. [[You volunteer|J81]] [[There’s no way you’re going first|J82]] <><<set $JoanaRoute += 1>> <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "vento" volume 0.2 play>><</if>><</if>> <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "whispers" volume 0.2 play>> <</if>><</if>><>

The wind whistles very loudly just as she does that and you swear you can hear a few whispers coming out of the forest. The new members almost automatically take a step back. Joana’s eyes glint even more at that. She’s excited. - So! Who volunteers to go first? - She asks, smiling as brightly as the few lights that illuminate the garden. [[You volunteer|J81]] [[There’s no way you’re going first|J82]] <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "vento" volume 0.2 play>><</if>><</if>> <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "whispers" volume 0.2 play>> <</if>><</if>>

At those words, the infant laughter that you heard earlier comes back, but even louder and closer to you this time, to your left. [[“I am who I am, and I am a Protector.”|J86]] [[“It isn't a name or a face what makes a Protector.”|J87]] [[“I…”|J88]] <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "vento" volume 0.2 play>><</if>><</if>> <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "whispers" volume 0.2 play>> <</if>><</if>>

The dangerous tension in the air lasts for around five minutes, both the creature and the $AffinityAnimal starting to look vicious. To your surprise, at that, the creature’s face suddenly falls into something sweet and kind. You’re utterly confused when it smiles with its sharp teeth, bending down and proceeding to pet the $AffinityAnimal, looking at you apologetically. [[Continue|J90]] <><<if $audio>><<if $AffinityAnimal=="tiger">> <<audio "Aoi_late" play>> <<elseif $AffinityAnimal=="wolf">> <<audio "edgar_late" play>> <<else>> <<audio "Soraya_ameaca" play>> <</if>><</if>><>

The wind whistles very loudly just as he says that, and you swear you can hear a few whispers coming from the maze. The new members almost automatically take a step back at that. Elya’s eyes glint and a modest grin appears on his face. - Are any of you ready to volunteer to go first? - He asks, now smiling brightly. [[You volunteer|E81]] [[There's no way you're going first|E82]] <<set $ElyaRoute +=1>> <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "vento" volume 0.2 play>><</if>><</if>> <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "whispers" volume 0.2 play>> <</if>><</if>>

The wind whistles very loudly just as he says that, and you swear you can hear a few whispers coming from the maze. The new members almost automatically take a step back at that. Elya’s eyes glint and a modest grin appears on his face. - Are any of you ready to volunteer to go first? - He asks, now smiling brightly. [[You volunteer|E81]] [[There's no way you're going first|E82]] <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "vento" volume 0.2 play>><</if>><</if>> <<if $audio>><<if $audio>><<audio "whispers" volume 0.2 play>> <</if>><</if>>

The current trigger warnings for Ascendance are the following: * Mentions of death; * Brief description of violence; * Mention of parental neglect; * Brief description of loss of a loved one; * Description of slightly disturbing creatures (potentially). Please, do not put yourself through unnecessary stress to read this work. Take care of yourself! [[I'm ok with that! Let's get started!|Character Creation]]

You’re confused for a few moments. “love”. It must be just an expression for him, since it sounds like something he’d say often… right? You shake these thoughts off… You’ll end up finding out sooner or later, regardless. Finally, you lie down on your new bed and the comfortable covers engulf you. They are very soft. As you’re settling, however, you hear a quick knock at the door, followed by a yell. - YO, $FirstName! This is Ben, don’t even bother opening the door! Just wanted to say that my room is nearby, 105! Isn’t it neat?? If you need anything let me know, alright? - They yell from the other side of the door. - Oh, Ben! Will do, thank you. You too! - You answer, unable to keep yourself from laughing at their quirkiness while also cringing slightly imagining the reaction of the other people on the floor. - Ok! See you!!! - They answer, and you can hear them leaving. “This might not be so bad, after all” - You think, still smiling as your body relaxes and you start to give in to sleep. Unfortunately, when sleep finally comes, it doesn’t bring only peace, as you would have hoped. [[Continue|I36]]

Double-click this passage to edit it.

<<silently>><><<if $PronounAnimal is "she">><<set $AuxPronounAnimal to "she">><<set $PossProStartAnimal to "her">><<set $PossProEndAnimal to "hers">><<set $ObjProAnimal to "her">><<set $ReflProAnimal to "herself">><<set $VerbProAnimal to "is">><<set $TreatPronounAnimal to "Miss">><<set $plural2 to false>><<elseif $PronounAnimal is "he">><<set $AuxPronounAnimal to "he">><<set $PossProStartAnimal to "his">><<set $PossProEndAnimal to "his">><<set $ObjProAnimal to "him">><<set $ReflProAnimal to "himself">><<set $VerbProAnimal to "is">><<set $TreatPronounAnimal to "Mr.">><<set $plural2 to false>><<else>><<set $AuxPronounAnimal to "they">><<set $PossProStartAnimal to "their">><<set $PossProEndAnimal to "theirs">><<set $ObjProAnimal to "them">><<set $ReflProAnimal to "themself">><<set $VerbProAnimal to "are">><<set $TreatPronounAnimal to "Mx.">><<set $plural2 to true>><</if>><><</silently>> <<goto [[J92]]>>